TW201833305A - Nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium - Google Patents

Nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201833305A
TW201833305A TW106137374A TW106137374A TW201833305A TW 201833305 A TW201833305 A TW 201833305A TW 106137374 A TW106137374 A TW 106137374A TW 106137374 A TW106137374 A TW 106137374A TW 201833305 A TW201833305 A TW 201833305A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
nanocapsules
additives
phe
cyc
added
Prior art date
Application number
TW106137374A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
馬利安 那姆提比
瑞秋 杜賓
薇琪 庫克
派翠西亞 愛琳 賽克斯頓
凱文 艾德蘭
莎拉賈 卡烏爾
Original Assignee
德商馬克專利公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 德商馬克專利公司 filed Critical 德商馬克專利公司
Publication of TW201833305A publication Critical patent/TW201833305A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/542Macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3001Cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3003Compounds containing at least two rings in which the different rings are directly linked (covalent bond)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K2019/0444Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group
    • C09K2019/0466Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit characterized by a linking chain between rings or ring systems, a bridging chain between extensive mesogenic moieties or an end chain group the linking chain being a -CF2O- chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • C09K2019/121Compounds containing phenylene-1,4-diyl (-Ph-)
    • C09K2019/123Ph-Ph-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • C09K2019/181Ph-C≡C-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • C09K2019/183Ph-Ph-C≡C-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3001Cyclohexane rings
    • C09K19/3003Compounds containing at least two rings in which the different rings are directly linked (covalent bond)
    • C09K2019/3025Cy-Ph-Ph-Ph
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K2019/528Surfactants

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Micro-Capsules (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to nanocapsules which comprise a mesogenic medium, a polymeric shell and one or more additives, to their use in electro-optical devices, and to methods for preparing the nanocapsules.

Description

包含液晶介質之奈米膠囊Nano capsule containing liquid crystal medium

本發明係關於奈米膠囊,其包含如下文所述之液晶原介質、聚合殼及一或多種添加劑,關於其於電光裝置中之用途,及關於用於製備奈米膠囊之方法。The present invention relates to a nanocapsule, which includes a mesogen, a polymeric shell, and one or more additives as described below, its use in an electro-optical device, and a method for preparing a nanocapsule.

液晶(LC)介質廣泛地用於液晶顯示器(LCD)中,特定言之,用於具有主動矩陣或被動矩陣定址之電光顯示器中,以顯示資訊。如從先前技術已知,在主動矩陣顯示器之情況中,個別像素通常藉由整合之非線性主動元件(諸如電晶體,例如薄膜電晶體「TFT」)來定址,而在被動矩陣顯示器之情況中,個別像素通常藉由多工方法來定址。 仍舊常用的是TN(「扭轉向列」)型LCD,然而,其具有強的對比度對視角依賴性之缺點。此外,已知所謂的VA(「垂直配向」)顯示器具有較寬廣視角。此外,已知OCB(「光學補償彎曲」)顯示器係基於雙折射效應且具有具有所謂的「彎曲」配向之LC層。亦已知所謂的IPS(「平面內切換」)顯示器,其包含介於兩基板之間的LC層,其中該兩電極僅安置於此兩基板中之一者上且較佳具有交錯、梳形結構。此外,已提供所謂的FFS(「邊緣場切換」)顯示器,其包含位於相同基板上之兩個電極,其中一個電極係以梳形方式結構化及另一電極未經結構化。由此產生所謂的強「邊緣場」,即,接近電極邊緣之強電場,且在整個單元中,電場具有強垂直分量亦及強水平分量。 另一發展為所謂的PS (「聚合物保持」)或PSA (「聚合物保持配向」型之顯示器,對此偶爾亦使用術語「聚合物穩定化」。在其等中,將少量(例如0.3重量%,通常<1重量%)之一或多種可聚合化合物(較佳係可聚合單體化合物)添加至LC介質中,且在LC介質填入顯示器之後,通常藉由UV光聚合,視情況同時施加電壓至顯示器的電極而在原位聚合或交聯。聚合係在其中LC介質呈現液晶相之溫度下(通常在室溫下)進行。添加可聚合液晶原性或液晶化合物(亦稱為反應性液晶原或「RM」)至LC混合物中已經證實特別適合。 此外,已描述基於聚合物分散型液晶(PDLC)膜之顯示器,參見例如US 4,688,900。在該等PDLC膜中,通常,LC介質之微米尺寸的液滴(微型液滴)係隨機分佈在聚合物基質中。該等相分離系統中之LC域具有可導致強的光散射之尺寸。通常,使用聚合誘發之相分離(PIPS)方法製備PDLC膜,其中相分離係由反應引起。或者,可基於溫度誘發之相分離(TIPS)或溶劑誘發之相分離(SIPS)製備PDLC膜。除了PDLC膜之外,已知所謂的聚合物網路液晶(PNLC)系統,其中聚合物網路係形成於連續LC相中。 此外,已描述用於顯示器中之微米尺寸之經囊封LC材料(微膠囊),其中該等微膠囊係藉由LC材料與充作囊封介質之不可混溶之黏合劑諸如聚乙烯醇(PVA)形成水性乳液來製備,參見例如US 4,435,047。 WO 2013/110564 A1中描述一種使用至少部分溶解之聚合物前驅物之聚合及交聯來微囊封電光流體之方法。 除了上述顯示器類型外,最近已提出LCD,其包括包含奈米膠囊之層,其中該等奈米膠囊包含液晶分子。例如,US 2014/0184984 A1中描述以包含該等奈米膠囊於所謂的緩衝材料中之層配置的LCD裝置之組態。 US 2012/0113363 A1描述另一LCD裝置,其具有於其中配置之奈米膠囊。 Kang及Kim在Optics Express,2013,第21卷,第15719至15727頁中描述用於基於Kerr效應及平面內切換之顯示器中之光學各向同性奈米囊封之LC。藉由添加向列型LC至溶解於水溶液中之非離子聚合界面活性劑及PVA (其充作殼形成聚合物及水溶性乳化劑)之混合物,形成奈米乳液,使該奈米乳液加熱升溫至渾濁點且攪拌以相分離在LC奈米液滴周圍的PVA,及利用交聯劑諸如二醛使聚合殼交聯,來製備具有約110 nm之平均直徑之奈米膠囊。此外,描述包含所製得LC奈米膠囊、作為黏合劑之親水性PVA及作為塑化劑之乙二醇之塗佈溶液。 在WO 2009/085082 A1中,描述由經交聯聚合物製成之多孔奈米粒子,其可像海綿一樣用於吸收LC物質,可應用作為LCD中之相位阻滯膜。 相關技術中需要具有經改良且視需要可調諧之電光及物理性質之奈米膠囊,特定言之用於電光裝置中。除此之外,需要一種經改良之簡便方法,其提供該等奈米膠囊之簡便製造。此外,需要可用於該方法中之組合物。Liquid crystal (LC) media are widely used in liquid crystal displays (LCDs), specifically, electro-optic displays with active matrix or passive matrix addressing to display information. As is known from the prior art, in the case of active matrix displays, individual pixels are usually addressed by integrated non-linear active elements such as transistors, such as thin film transistors ("TFTs"), while in the case of passive matrix displays Individual pixels are usually addressed by multiplexing. TN ("Twisted Nematic") LCDs are still commonly used, however, they have the disadvantage of strong contrast and viewing angle dependence. In addition, so-called VA ("vertical alignment") displays are known to have a wider viewing angle. In addition, OCB ("optically compensated bending") displays are known based on the birefringence effect and have an LC layer with a so-called "bending" alignment. A so-called IPS ("In-Plane Switching") display is also known, which includes an LC layer between two substrates, wherein the two electrodes are placed on only one of the two substrates and preferably have a staggered, comb-shaped structure. In addition, so-called FFS ("Frequency Field Switching") displays have been provided that include two electrodes on the same substrate, one of which is structured in a comb-like manner and the other electrode is unstructured. This results in a so-called strong "fringe field", that is, a strong electric field near the edge of the electrode, and the electric field has a strong vertical component and a strong horizontal component throughout the cell. Another development is the so-called PS ("Polymer Hold") or PSA ("Polymer Hold Alignment") type display, for which the term "polymer stabilization" is also occasionally used. In these, a small amount (for example 0.3 Wt%, usually <1 wt%) one or more polymerizable compounds (preferably polymerizable monomer compounds) are added to the LC medium, and after the LC medium is filled into the display, it is usually polymerized by UV light, as appropriate At the same time, a voltage is applied to the electrodes of the display to polymerize or crosslink in situ. The polymerization is performed at a temperature (usually at room temperature) where the LC medium exhibits a liquid crystal phase. Addition of a polymerizable liquid crystal or liquid crystal compound (also known as Reactive mesogens or "RM") to LC mixtures have proven to be particularly suitable. In addition, displays based on polymer dispersed liquid crystal (PDLC) films have been described, see for example US 4,688,900. Among such PDLC films, generally, LC Micron-sized droplets (mini-droplets) of the medium are randomly distributed in the polymer matrix. The LC domains in these phase separation systems have a size that can cause strong light scattering. Generally, polymerization-induced phase separation (PIPS) is used. ) PDLC membranes are prepared by a method in which phase separation is caused by a reaction. Alternatively, PDLC membranes can be prepared based on temperature-induced phase separation (TIPS) or solvent-induced phase separation (SIPS). In addition to PDLC membranes, so-called polymers are known Networked Liquid Crystal (PNLC) systems in which polymer networks are formed in a continuous LC phase. In addition, micron-sized encapsulated LC materials (microcapsules) have been described for use in displays, where the microcapsules are borrowed It is prepared by forming an aqueous emulsion of an LC material with an immiscible binder such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) serving as an encapsulation medium, see for example US 4,435,047. WO 2013/110564 A1 describes a polymer precursor using at least partially dissolving polymer A method for the microencapsulation of electro-optic fluids by the polymerization and cross-linking of substances. In addition to the above-mentioned display types, LCDs have recently been proposed that include a layer containing nanocapsules, where the nanocapsules contain liquid crystal molecules. For example, US 2014 / 0184984 A1 describes the configuration of an LCD device configured in a layer containing such nanocapsules in a so-called cushioning material. US 2012/0113363 A1 describes another LCD device having a nanometer configured therein. Kang and Kim describe Optics Express, 2013, Vol. 21, pages 15719-15727 for optically isotropic nano-encapsulated LCs in displays based on Kerr effect and in-plane switching. A mixture of column-type LC to a non-ionic polymerization surfactant and PVA (which acts as a shell-forming polymer and a water-soluble emulsifier) dissolved in an aqueous solution to form a nanoemulsion, and the nanoemulsion is heated to a cloud point and Agitation was used to phase-separate PVA around LC nanodroplets, and a polymeric shell was crosslinked with a cross-linking agent such as a dialdehyde to prepare nanocapsules having an average diameter of about 110 nm. In addition, a coating solution containing the prepared LC nanocapsules, hydrophilic PVA as a binder, and ethylene glycol as a plasticizer is described. In WO 2009/085082 A1, porous nano particles made of a cross-linked polymer are described, which can be used to absorb LC substances like sponges and can be used as a phase retardation film in LCDs. Related art requires nanocapsules with electro-optical and physical properties that are modified and tunable as needed, specifically for use in electro-optical devices. In addition, there is a need for an improved and simplified method that provides easy manufacturing of these nanocapsules. In addition, there is a need for a composition that can be used in the method.

因此,本發明之一個目標係提供包含液晶原介質及具有有利特徵之經改良之奈米膠囊。另一目標係提供一種用於製備包含液晶原介質之奈米膠囊之經改良之方法,其中用於製備中之該組合物及材料允許在囊封期間之有利性能,同時進一步提供在所得奈米膠囊中之益處。特定言之,一個目標係提供允許減小在電光應用中之操作電壓之奈米膠囊以及提供貢獻於獲得該等奈米膠囊之方法及經改良組合物,其中,此外,同時可獲得有益性質,諸如極佳之黑暗狀態、有利低的滯後及膜形成之適合性。另一個目標係提供奈米膠囊使得包含於該等奈米膠囊中之液晶原介質具有適宜高的De及高電阻率及適宜高的Dn及有利的電光參數值,此外,同時特別是提供相對低的旋轉黏度及有利的可靠性。除此之外,一個目標係包含於奈米膠囊中之液晶原介質展現寬廣且穩定之LC,特定言之向列型、相範圍、低熔點及相對高的澄清點、及適宜高的電壓保持比。另一個目標係提供穩定且可靠之奈米膠囊及包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之複合系統,其等可用於光調變元件及電光裝置,特定言之具有適宜低之臨限電壓、有利地快速之回應時間、經改良之低溫行為及在低溫下操作性質之改善、電光參數(諸如(例如)臨限電壓)之最小溫度依賴性、以及高對比度。此外,一個目標係提供奈米膠囊及複合系統,其用於具有有利寬廣視角範圍及對諸如來自觸碰之外力實質上不敏感之光調變元件及電光裝置中。熟習此項技術者可自以下詳細描述立即明瞭本發明之其他目標。 該等目標係藉由獨立請求項中所定義之標的解決,而較佳實施例陳述於各附屬項中且進一步述於下文中。 特定言之,本發明提供以下項,包括主要態樣、較佳實施例及特定特徵,其分別單獨地及以組合形式助於解決上述目標及最終提供其他優點。 本發明之第一態樣提供一種用於製備奈米膠囊之方法,其中該方法包括 (a) 提供組合物,其包含 (i) 液晶原介質,其包含一或多種式I化合物其中 R及R' 彼此獨立地表示選自F、CF3 、OCF3 、CN及具有1至15個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烷基或烷氧基或具有2至15個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烯基之基團,該等基團未經取代、經CN或CF3 單取代或經鹵素單-或多取代且其中一或多個CH2 基可在各情況中彼此獨立地經-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-或-C≡C-以使氧原子彼此不直接連接的方式置換, A及A' 彼此獨立地表示選自-Cyc-、-Phe-、-Cyc-Cyc-、-Cyc-Phe-、-Phe-Phe-、-Cyc-Cyc-Cyc-、-Cyc-Cyc-Phe-、-Cyc-Phe-Cyc-、-Cyc-Phe-Phe-、-Phe-Cyc-Phe-、-Phe-Phe-Phe-及其各自的鏡像之基團, 其中Cyc為反-1,4-伸環己基,其中一或兩個非相鄰CH2 基可經O置換,且其中Phe為1,4-伸苯基,其中一或兩個非相鄰CH基可經N置換及其可經一或兩個F取代,且 Y 表示單鍵、-COO-、-CH2 CH2 -、-CF2 CF2 -、-CH2 O-、-CF2 O-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-或-C≡C-,及 (ii) 一或多種可聚合化合物, (b) 使用一種界面活性劑,將該組合物呈奈米液滴分散於水相中, (c) 聚合該一或多種可聚合化合物以得到各包含聚合殼及含有該液晶原介質之核之奈米膠囊, 其中另外,將一或多種添加劑 - 在聚合物之前添加至該組合物或各自的奈米液滴 及/或 - 添加至所得奈米膠囊。 已驚人地發現藉由提供根據本發明之方法,其包括上述步驟(a)至(c)之組合,其中此外,將一或多種添加劑在聚合之前另添加至奈米液滴或包含於其中及/或將其添加至所得奈米膠囊,可依經改良且驚人地簡便之方法製備包含液晶原介質之奈米膠囊。可藉由該方法得到的奈米膠囊展現在就其物理及化學屬性方面,特定言之在其電光性質及其在光調變元件及電光裝置中之適合性方面之有利的特性。 在實施聚合步驟之前,可添加該(等)添加劑至組合物或奈米液滴。或者或另外,可在實施聚合及形成奈米膠囊之後,添加該(等)添加劑。 根據一個實施例,於根據步驟(c)之聚合之後,在步驟(d)中,將該一或多種添加劑添加至所得奈米膠囊。 在一個實施例中,在步驟(b)中使用兩種或更多種界面活性劑,即,另外添加的添加劑為界面活性劑之情況。例如,可較佳使用兩種界面活性劑以調整液滴尺寸及液滴及所形成膠囊之界面性質。在根據步驟(b)形成奈米液滴分散液之前、期間或之後,亦可添加一或多種其他添加劑,即,除了界面活性劑外。例如,可使用影響可濕性、溶解度、黏度或滲透壓之作用劑。特定言之,另外,疏水性劑或疏水劑可較佳在步驟(b)之前、期間亦或之後添加。 在一個較佳實施例中,在步驟(d)中添加的一或多種添加劑為一或多種界面活性劑。所添加的添加劑(較佳界面活性劑)可經選擇成使得其等匹配於或適於用於步驟(b)中之界面活性劑,或其等甚至可相同。然而,亦可,及在許多情況中較佳地,在步驟(d)中,更自由地選擇及使用添加劑,較佳係界面活性劑,即,一般而言,獨立於用於步驟(b)中之界面活性劑。 已驚人地發現,藉由使用根據步驟(b)之界面活性劑,結合在聚合之前添加或根據步驟(d)添加及在一些情況中甚至在聚合之前及之後添加之添加劑之使用,可提供允許有利電光性能及減小之操作電壓之奈米膠囊。如上所述之添加劑及界面活性劑之組合使用可同時提供其他益處,特定言之,其可助於達成極佳的黑暗狀態、高對比率、有利地低的滯後及用於膜形成之適合性。 分別在聚合之前添加或在步驟(d)中添加的添加劑相對於如在步驟(a)中提供的組合物之量較佳為5重量%或更小,更佳為2.5重量%或更少,及甚至更佳為1重量%或更少。在一個實施例中,添加劑相對於如在步驟(a)中所提供的組合物之量尤佳係設在0.05重量%至1重量%範圍內,及甚至更佳在0.1重量%至1重量%範圍內。 本發明之另一個態樣係關於奈米膠囊,其等分別包含聚合殼、含有液晶原介質的核及一或多種添加劑,該液晶原介質包含如上文及下文所述的一或多種式I化合物。 宜認識到,經改良之奈米膠囊,特定言之就在電光應用中之減小之操作電壓及如上文及下文所述之其他有益性質係藉由或可藉由實施根據本發明之方法得到。就此而言,操作電壓之減小可繼而有利地導致電光切換溫度依賴性減小。 在一個實施例中,該一或多種添加劑係包含於聚合殼中。另外或或者,該一或多種添加劑可包含於包含液晶原介質之核中。尤佳地,該添加劑或其至少一部分係在介於殼與核之間的界面之處或接近該界面。較佳地,該添加劑可充作界面活性劑。 較佳地,該等奈米膠囊包含基於總膠囊組合物計5重量%或更少,更佳2.5重量%或更少,及甚至更佳1重量%或更少之量的添加劑。在一個實施例中,基於總膠囊組合物計之添加劑的量尤佳係設在0.05重量%至1重量%範圍內,及甚至更佳係在0.1重量%至1重量%範圍內。 在另一個態樣中,本發明提供一種製備根據本發明之奈米膠囊之方法,其中該方法包括以下步驟:(i)提供奈米膠囊,其分別包含聚合殼及包含液晶原介質之核,該液晶原介質包含一或多種如上文及下文所述之式I化合物,及(ii)添加一或多種添加劑至所提供的奈米膠囊。 在本發明之另一個態樣中,提供一種用於製備複合系統之方法,其中該方法包括 - 提供奈米膠囊,其各自包含 聚合殼, 包含如上文及下文所述之液晶原介質之核, 及視需要選用之一或多種添加劑, - 添加一或多種黏合劑至該等奈米膠囊,及 - 在添加該一或多種黏合劑的同時或之後,添加一或多種添加劑。 發現奈米膠囊與黏合劑材料之組合可適宜地影響並增加光調變材料之可加工性及適用性,特定言之就基板上之塗佈、滴涂或印刷及膜形成而言。該一或多種黏合劑可充作分散劑及黏著或黏合劑,及此外提供適宜的物理及機械穩定性同時維持或甚至增進可撓性。此外,膠囊之密度或濃度可有利地藉由改變所提供的黏合劑或緩衝材料的量調整。 藉由具有例如藉由離心、過濾或乾燥濃縮所製得的奈米粒子或膠囊,及再分散其等的可能性,可設定或調整膜或層中粒子之密度或比例,與藉由初始製程得到的濃度無關。 此外,已驚人地發現,當在製備如上所述複合系統期間添加一或多種添加劑,較佳一或多種界面活性劑時,複合系統中奈米膠囊之性質及複合系統總體上可顯著地得以改良。特定言之,因此,可得到展現減小之操作電壓,同時另外提供適宜或有利性質(諸如極佳的黑暗狀態,有利地低的滯後及在膜形成期間之改良性能)之系統。 當所提供之奈米膠囊已經包含一或多種添加劑,較佳界面活性劑時,此等改良係可達成的。在該情況中,可例如藉由如上所述方法製備該等奈米膠囊,且在製備該複合系統期間,另外添加一或多種添加劑。所添加的添加劑可與已經包含於所提供奈米膠囊中之添加劑相同或不同。 然而,在開始時所提供的奈米膠囊不如此包含添加劑之情況中,亦可得到有利的複合系統。可例如藉由實施用於製備上述奈米膠囊之方法之步驟(a)至(c),但同時省去在聚合之前及根據步驟(d)添加添加劑,得到該等奈米膠囊。然後,僅在製備複合系統中添加一或多種添加劑,較佳界面活性劑,此係僅添加添加劑至奈米膠囊本身之替代方式。 在此兩種情況中,在相同時間,可添加添加劑,較佳界面活性劑、及黏合劑,例如PVA。此可例如藉由將添加劑與黏合劑混合,及然後添加奈米膠囊至該混合物進行。或者但亦另外地,可在已添加黏合劑或分別與奈米膠囊混合之後的某一階段添加一或多種添加劑。 有利地,就膠囊製備之情況而言,該添加劑可與步驟(d)下所述相同。 較佳地,基於所製得的總體系統組合物計,根據該方法添加的添加劑的量為5重量%或更少,更佳為2.5重量%或更少,及甚至更佳為1重量%或更少。基於製得的總體系統組合物計,根據本發明添加的添加劑的量尤佳係設在0.05重量%至1重量%範圍內,及甚至更佳在0.1重量%至1重量%範圍內。 在另一個態樣中,因此提供一種複合系統,其包括 - 奈米膠囊,其各自包含 聚合殼,及 包含如上文及下文所述之液晶原介質之核, - 一或多種黏合劑,及 - 一或多種添加劑。 有利地,包含根據本發明之奈米膠囊、一或多種黏合劑及一或多種添加劑(較佳一或多種界面活性劑)之複合組合係或可藉由實施上述方法得到。 在一個實施例中,該一或多種添加劑係包含於(特定言之併入)奈米膠囊中。另外或或者,該一或多種添加劑可包含於黏合劑中。尤佳地,該添加劑係包含於膠囊及黏合劑中。較佳地,該添加劑可充作界面活性劑。 較佳地,該複合系統包含以基於總體組合物計5重量%或更少,更佳2.5重量%或更少,及甚至更佳1重量%或更少的量的添加劑。在一個實施例中,基於總體組合物計,添加劑的量尤佳係設在0.05重量%至1重量%範圍內,及甚至更佳在0.1重量%至1重量%範圍內。 根據本發明之奈米膠囊及複合系統特別適用於光調變元件或電光裝置中。 特定言之,已驚人地發現在包含聚合殼及包含液晶原介質之核之奈米膠囊中或在包含該等奈米膠囊及一或多種黏合劑之複合物中使用根據本發明之一或多種添加劑可有益地減小操作電壓。同時,可得到其他適宜之產品性質。 本發明之另一態樣提供一種電光裝置,其包括根據本發明之奈米膠囊或根據本發明之複合系統。 在另一個態樣中,提供一種用於減小電光裝置中之切換電壓之方法,其中一或多種添加劑係包含於包含聚合殼或包含如上文及下文所述之液晶原介質之核之奈米膠囊或於包含該等奈米膠囊及一或多種黏合劑之複合物中,且其中該所得奈米膠囊或複合物係包含於該裝置中。 裝置包含根據本發明之奈米膠囊或根據本發明之復合系統 藉由在電光裝置中提供根據本發明之奈米膠囊化LC介質,視需要與黏合劑材料組合,可得到若干顯著優點。其等包括(例如)良好機械穩定性、可撓性及對諸如來自觸碰之外部施加的力或相應壓力的不敏感性、及與切換速度、透射率、黑暗狀態、視角行為及臨限電壓有關的其他有利性質,特定言之減小之操作電壓及減小之滯後。其他優點在於可撓基板之可能的使用及改變膜或層厚度之可能性及膜厚度偏差或改變的容許度。就此而言,簡單的滴涂、塗佈、層壓或印刷方法可用於施加光調變材料至基板。 此外,需要在基板上提供配向層(諸如習知上所使用的聚醯亞胺(PI)配向層)及/或摩擦該基板表面。 當裝置中之兩個電極係提供於諸如就IPS或FFS而言之相同基板上時,單一基板可足以提供功能性及穩定性或相應地支撐,因而提供相對的基板僅僅係可選的。然而,該相對基板可例如在就提供其他光學元件或物理或化學保護方面仍舊係有益的。考慮到囊封,亦及可能之包含於黏合劑材料中,可不再需要密封包含LC材料之層來確保材料之足夠的密封及防止材料從層中洩露。Therefore, it is an object of the present invention to provide an improved nanocapsule comprising a mesogen and an advantageous feature. Another object is to provide an improved method for preparing nanocapsules comprising a mesogen, wherein the composition and materials used in the preparation allow advantageous properties during encapsulation, while further providing the resulting nano Benefits in capsules. In particular, one objective is to provide nanocapsules that allow a reduction in operating voltage in electro-optical applications and to provide methods and improved compositions that contribute to obtaining such nanocapsules, wherein, in addition, at the same time, beneficial properties can be obtained, Such as excellent dark state, favorable low hysteresis and suitability for film formation. Another objective is to provide nanocapsules so that the mesogens contained in such nanocapsules have a suitably high De and a high resistivity, a suitably high Dn, and favorable electro-optical parameter values. In addition, at the same time, in particular, provide a relatively low Rotary viscosity and favorable reliability. In addition, a goal is that the liquid crystalline original medium contained in the nanocapsules exhibits a wide and stable LC, specifically nematic, phase range, low melting point and relatively high clarification point, and suitable high voltage retention ratio. Another goal is to provide stable and reliable nanocapsules and composite systems containing nanocapsules and adhesives, which can be used in light modulation elements and electro-optical devices, in particular with suitable low threshold voltages, advantageously fast Response time, improved low temperature behavior and improved operating properties at low temperatures, minimum temperature dependence of electro-optical parameters such as, for example, a threshold voltage, and high contrast. In addition, one objective is to provide nanocapsules and composite systems for use in light modulating elements and electro-optic devices that have a favorable wide viewing angle range and are substantially insensitive to forces such as from touch. Those skilled in the art will immediately recognize other objects of the present invention from the following detailed description. These objectives are solved by the subject matter defined in the independent claims, and the preferred embodiments are set out in each subsidiary and further described below. In particular, the present invention provides the following items, including main aspects, preferred embodiments, and specific features, which individually and in combination help to solve the above-mentioned objectives and finally provide other advantages. A first aspect of the present invention provides a method for preparing a nanocapsule, wherein the method includes (a) providing a composition comprising (i) a mesogen, comprising one or more compounds of formula I Wherein R and R 'independently represent each other selected from the group consisting of F, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN and a straight or branched chain alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or a straight group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms Chain or branched alkenyl radicals which are unsubstituted, monosubstituted by CN or CF 3 or mono- or poly-substituted by halogen and in which one or more CH 2 radicals can be independent of one another in each case Is replaced by -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, or -C≡C- so that oxygen atoms are not directly connected to each other, and A and A 'are independently represented by each other Selected from -Cyc-, -Phe-, -Cyc-Cyc-, -Cyc-Phe-, -Phe-Phe-, -Cyc-Cyc-Cyc-, -Cyc-Cyc-Phe-, -Cyc-Phe-Cyc -, -Cyc-Phe-Phe-, -Phe-Cyc-Phe-, -Phe-Phe-Phe- and their respective mirror-image groups, where Cyc is trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, one of which Two non-adjacent CH 2 groups may be replaced by O, and Phe is 1,4-phenylene, one or two non-adjacent CH groups may be replaced by N and one or two F may be substituted, And Y represents a single bond, -COO-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 CF 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CF 2 O-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, or -C ≡C-, and (ii) one or more polymerizable compounds, (b) using a surfactant, dispersing the composition as nano droplets in the water phase, (c) polymerizing the one or more polymerizable compounds to obtain a core containing a polymeric shell and a core containing the mesogen Nanocapsules, wherein, in addition, one or more additives are added to the composition or the respective nanodroplets before the polymer and / or are added to the resulting nanocapsules. It has surprisingly been found that by providing a method according to the invention, which comprises a combination of the above steps (a) to (c), in addition, one or more additives are additionally added to or contained in the nanodroplets before polymerization and / Or adding it to the obtained nanocapsules, nanocapsules containing a liquid crystal precursor medium can be prepared according to an improved and surprisingly simple method. The nanocapsules obtainable by this method exhibit advantageous properties in terms of their physical and chemical properties, specifically in terms of their electro-optical properties and their suitability in optical modulation elements and electro-optical devices. This (or other) additive may be added to the composition or nano droplets before the polymerization step is performed. Alternatively or in addition, after the polymerization is performed and the nanocapsules are formed, the (etc.) additive may be added. According to one embodiment, after the polymerization according to step (c), in step (d), the one or more additives are added to the resulting nanocapsule. In one embodiment, two or more surfactants are used in step (b), that is, in the case where the additional additive is a surfactant. For example, two surfactants can be preferably used to adjust the droplet size and the interfacial properties of the droplets and the formed capsule. Before, during, or after the nano-droplet dispersion is formed according to step (b), one or more other additives may also be added, that is, in addition to the surfactant. For example, agents that affect wettability, solubility, viscosity, or osmotic pressure can be used. In particular, in addition, the hydrophobic agent or the hydrophobic agent may be preferably added before, during, or after step (b). In a preferred embodiment, the one or more additives added in step (d) are one or more surfactants. The additive (preferably a surfactant) added may be selected such that they match or are suitable for the surfactant in step (b), or the like may even be the same. However, it is also possible, and in many cases it is preferred, that in step (d), the additives are more freely selected and used, preferably a surfactant, that is, in general, independent of that used in step (b) Of surfactants. It has surprisingly been found that by using a surfactant according to step (b), combined with the use of additives added before polymerization or added according to step (d) and in some cases even before and after polymerization, can provide permission Nano capsules with favorable electro-optical performance and reduced operating voltage. The combined use of additives and surfactants as described above can simultaneously provide other benefits, in particular, it can help achieve excellent dark states, high contrast ratios, advantageously low hysteresis, and suitability for film formation . The amount of the additives added before polymerization or in step (d), respectively, relative to the composition as provided in step (a) is preferably 5 wt% or less, more preferably 2.5 wt% or less, And even more preferably 1% by weight or less. In one embodiment, the amount of the additive relative to the composition as provided in step (a) is particularly preferably set in the range of 0.05% to 1% by weight, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% to 1% by weight Within range. Another aspect of the present invention relates to nanocapsules, each of which comprises a polymeric shell, a core containing a liquid crystal precursor medium, and one or more additives, the liquid crystal precursor medium comprising one or more compounds of formula I as described above and below . It should be recognized that modified nanocapsules, specifically reduced operating voltages in electro-optical applications, and other beneficial properties as described above and below are obtained or can be obtained by implementing the method according to the invention . In this regard, a decrease in the operating voltage can then advantageously lead to a reduction in the electro-optical switching temperature dependence. In one embodiment, the one or more additives are contained in a polymeric shell. Additionally or alternatively, the one or more additives may be contained in a core comprising a mesogen. Particularly preferably, the additive or at least a portion thereof is at or near the interface between the shell and the core. Preferably, the additive can act as a surfactant. Preferably, the nanocapsules contain additives in an amount of 5% by weight or less, more preferably 2.5% by weight or less, and even more preferably 1% by weight or less based on the total capsule composition. In one embodiment, the amount of the additive based on the total capsule composition is particularly preferably set in a range of 0.05% to 1% by weight, and even more preferably in a range of 0.1% to 1% by weight. In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for preparing a nanocapsule according to the present invention, wherein the method includes the following steps: (i) providing a nanocapsule, each of which comprises a polymeric shell and a core comprising a liquid crystal precursor medium, The mesogen comprises one or more compounds of formula I as described above and below, and (ii) adding one or more additives to the provided nanocapsules. In another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for preparing a composite system, wherein the method comprises-providing nanocapsules, each of which comprises a polymeric shell, including a core of a mesogen as described above and below, And if necessary, one or more additives are selected,-one or more adhesives are added to the nanocapsules, and-one or more additives are added at the same time or after the one or more adhesives are added. It has been found that the combination of nanocapsules and adhesive materials can appropriately affect and increase the processability and applicability of light modulation materials, specifically in terms of coating, drip coating or printing and film formation on substrates. The one or more adhesives can act as dispersants and adhesives or adhesives, and in addition provide suitable physical and mechanical stability while maintaining or even increasing flexibility. In addition, the density or concentration of the capsule can be advantageously adjusted by changing the amount of provided adhesive or cushioning material. By having the possibility of, for example, nano-particles or capsules prepared by centrifugation, filtration or drying and concentration, and redispersing them, the density or proportion of particles in the film or layer can be set or adjusted, and by the initial process The concentration obtained is irrelevant. In addition, it has surprisingly been found that when one or more additives, preferably one or more surfactants are added during the preparation of the composite system as described above, the properties of the nanocapsules in the composite system and the composite system as a whole can be significantly improved . In particular, therefore, a system can be obtained which exhibits a reduced operating voltage while additionally providing suitable or advantageous properties such as excellent dark conditions, advantageously low hysteresis, and improved performance during film formation. These improvements are achievable when the provided nanocapsules already contain one or more additives, preferably surfactants. In this case, the nanocapsules can be prepared, for example, by the method described above, and during the preparation of the composite system, one or more additives are additionally added. The additives added may be the same as or different from those already included in the provided nanocapsules. However, in the case where the nanocapsules provided at the beginning do not contain such additives, an advantageous composite system is also obtained. Such nanocapsules can be obtained, for example, by implementing steps (a) to (c) of the method for preparing the above nanocapsules, but at the same time omitting the addition of additives before polymerization and according to step (d). Then, only one or more additives are added to the preparation composite system, preferably a surfactant, which is an alternative way of adding only additives to the nanocapsule itself. In both cases, additives, preferably surfactants, and binders, such as PVA, can be added at the same time. This can be done, for example, by mixing additives with a binder and then adding nanocapsules to the mixture. Alternatively or additionally, one or more additives may be added at a certain stage after the binder has been added or separately mixed with the nanocapsules. Advantageously, in the case of capsule preparation, the additive may be the same as described under step (d). Preferably, the amount of the additive added according to the method is 5% by weight or less, more preferably 2.5% by weight or less, and even more preferably 1% by weight or based on the overall system composition produced. less. The amount of the additive added according to the present invention is particularly preferably set in the range of 0.05% to 1% by weight, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% to 1% by weight based on the overall system composition produced. In another aspect, there is therefore provided a composite system comprising-nanocapsules, each comprising a polymeric shell, and a core comprising a mesogen as described above and below,-one or more binders, and- One or more additives. Advantageously, a composite combination comprising nanocapsules, one or more adhesives and one or more additives (preferably one or more surfactants) according to the present invention may be obtained by implementing the method described above. In one embodiment, the one or more additives are contained (specifically incorporated) in a nanocapsule. Additionally or alternatively, the one or more additives may be included in a binder. Particularly preferably, the additive is contained in a capsule and an adhesive. Preferably, the additive can act as a surfactant. Preferably, the composite system comprises additives in an amount of 5% by weight or less, more preferably 2.5% by weight or less, and even more preferably 1% by weight or less based on the total composition. In one embodiment, based on the overall composition, the amount of the additive is particularly preferably set in the range of 0.05% to 1% by weight, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% to 1% by weight. The nanocapsule and composite system according to the present invention are particularly suitable for use in a light modulating element or an electro-optical device. In particular, it has surprisingly been found to use one or more of the present invention in nanocapsules comprising a polymeric shell and a core comprising a mesogen, or in a complex comprising such nanocapsules and one or more binders. Additives can beneficially reduce operating voltage. At the same time, other suitable product properties can be obtained. Another aspect of the present invention provides an electro-optical device including a nanocapsule according to the present invention or a composite system according to the present invention. In another aspect, a method for reducing a switching voltage in an electro-optical device is provided, in which one or more additives are contained in a nanoparticle including a polymeric shell or a core of a liquid crystal precursor medium as described above and below Capsules or in a composite comprising the nanocapsules and one or more binders, and wherein the resulting nanocapsules or composites are contained in the device. The device comprises a nanocapsule according to the present invention or a composite system according to the present invention. By providing the nanoencapsulated LC medium according to the present invention in an electro-optical device, as required, in combination with a binder material, several significant advantages are obtained. These include, for example, good mechanical stability, flexibility, and insensitivity to forces such as external forces or corresponding pressure from touch, as well as switching speed, transmittance, dark state, viewing angle behavior, and threshold voltage Related other advantageous properties are, in particular, reduced operating voltage and reduced hysteresis. Other advantages are the possible use of flexible substrates and the possibility of changing the thickness of the film or layer and the tolerance of deviations or changes in film thickness. In this regard, simple drip coating, coating, lamination, or printing methods can be used to apply a light modulation material to a substrate. In addition, it is necessary to provide an alignment layer (such as a polyimide (PI) alignment layer conventionally used) on a substrate and / or rub the surface of the substrate. When two electrodes in a device are provided on the same substrate, such as in terms of IPS or FFS, a single substrate may be sufficient to provide functionality and stability or corresponding support, so providing the opposite substrate is only optional. However, the opposing substrate may still be beneficial, for example, in terms of providing other optical elements or physical or chemical protection. Considering the encapsulation, and possibly its inclusion in the adhesive material, it may no longer be necessary to seal the layer containing the LC material to ensure adequate sealing of the material and prevent leakage of material from the layer.

在不藉此限制本發明下,下文中藉由態樣、實施例及特定特徵之詳細描述來說明本發明,及更詳細地描述特定實施例。 術語「液晶」(LC)係指在某些溫度範圍內具有液晶中間相之材料或介質(熱向型LC)或於溶液中之有些濃度範圍內具有液晶中間相之材料或介質(溶致型LC)。其等包含液晶原化合物。 術語「液晶原化合物」及「液晶化合物」意指包含一或多個棒狀(桿-或板/條狀)或圓盤型(盤型)液晶原基團(即,具有引起液晶相或中間相行為之能力之基團)之化合物。 該等LC化合物或材料及包含液晶原基團之液晶原化合物或材料本身不一定必須展現液晶相。其等亦可僅在與其他化合物形成混合物時展現液晶相行為。該化合物包括低分子量非反應性液晶化合物、反應性或可聚合液晶化合物及液晶聚合物。 棒狀液晶原化合物通常包含由一或多個彼此直接連接或透過鍵聯基團連接之芳族或非芳族環狀基團組成之液晶原核,其視情況包含附接至該液晶原核末端之端基,且視情況包含一或多個附接至該液晶原核長側鏈之側基,其中該等端基及側基通常係選自(例如)碳基或烴基、極性基團(例如鹵素、硝基、羥基等)、或可聚合基團。 為了簡明起見,術語「液晶」材料或介質係用於液晶材料或介質及液晶原材料或介質兩種情況及反之亦然,及術語「液晶原」係用於材料之液晶原基團。 術語「非液晶原化合物或材料」意指不包含如上所定義之液晶原基團之化合物或材料。 如本文所使用,術語「聚合物」應理解為意指包含一或多種不同類型重複單元(分子的最小結構單元)之主鏈的分子且其包括所熟知之術語「寡聚物」、「共聚物」、「均聚物」及類似者。此外,應明瞭術語聚合物除聚合物本身外尚包含來自引發劑、觸媒之殘基及參與合成該聚合物之其他元素,其中該等殘基應理解為非共價併入至其。此外,雖然該等殘基及其他元素通常在後聚合純化製程期間被移去,但還是通常將其與該聚合物混合或共同混合,使得其等在容器之間或溶劑或分散介質間進行轉移時大致上與該聚合物保持在一起。 如本發明中所使用,術語「(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物」包括自丙烯酸系單體得到的聚合物、可自甲基丙烯酸系單體得到的聚合物及對應之可自該等單體之混合物得到的共聚物。 術語「聚合」意指藉由將多個可聚合基團或包含該等可聚合基團之聚合物前驅物(可聚合化合物)鍵結在一起而形成聚合物之化學過程。 具有一個可聚合基團之可聚合化合物亦稱為「單反應性」化合物,具有兩個可聚合基團之化合物稱為「二反應性」化合物,及具有超過兩個可聚合基團之化合物稱為「多反應性」化合物。不具有可聚合基團之化合物亦稱為「非反應性或不可聚合」化合物。 術語「膜」及「層」包括具有或多或少顯著機械穩定性之剛性或撓性、自支撐或獨立膜或層、以及位於支撐基板上或兩基板之間之塗層或層。 可見光為具有在約400 nm至約745 nm範圍內之波長之電磁輻射。紫外(UV)光為具有在約200 nm至約400 nm範圍內之波長之電磁輻射。 已驚人地發現,於製備奈米膠囊及包含奈米膠囊之膜中使用添加劑及界面活性劑且產品中併入該等添加劑可導致該等產品在電光應用中之操作電壓減小。同時,可維持或甚至改良其他產品特性,諸如適宜之黑暗狀態、成膜能力、低滯後、良好VHR、適宜折射率匹配及足夠的透明度及透射率。 有利地,除了如上文在(b)中所述之一種界面活性劑之外所添加的添加劑之添加可在製備製程之不同階段,或者或另外,特定言之在膠囊形成及加工、膠囊處理及濃縮之前及期間,及甚至在與黏合劑材料形成膜期間或之後進行。另外,甚至在水性系統或環境之存在下,該製程及添加劑之添加可提供適宜的性能及適宜的結果。 在第一態樣中,本發明係關於一種用於製備奈米粒子之方法,其中提供包含如上文及下文所述之液晶原介質及一或多種可聚合化合物之組合物,及其中然後使用一種界面活性劑將該組合物呈奈米液滴形式分散於水相中。在產生奈米液滴之後,聚合一或多種可聚合化合物使得得到奈米膠囊,該等奈米膠囊各包含聚合殼及包含液晶原介質之核。該方法進一步包括一或多種添加劑之添加。在一個實施例中,除了界面活性劑外,另一添加劑可包含於奈米液滴分散液中,即,在進行聚合之前。亦可及在一些情況中較佳添加一或多種添加劑至形成之奈米膠囊,即,在聚合步驟之後。在又另一個實施例中,在形成奈米膠囊之前及之後添加添加劑。 驚人地發現,根據本發明,可進行有效且受控之方法,最終在奈米級產生奈米大小的容器,該等容器通常係球形或球狀,其等封閉LC材料。該方法使用分散液,特定言之奈米乳液,該奈米乳液亦稱為微乳液,其中包含LC材料及反應性可聚合化合物之奈米大小的相係分散於適宜分散介質中。此外,發現添加至奈米液滴或所形成奈米膠囊之一或多種添加劑之該添加可進一步改良或調整奈米膠囊之性質及性能。 開始時,提供包含液晶原介質及一或多種可聚合化合物之組合物。就設定及影響溶解度而言,可添加增溶及/或視需要且較佳混合有機溶劑至該組合物,此可例如在聚合期間有利地影響相分離。因此,在一個較佳實施例中,如在步驟(a)中所提供的組合物進一步包含一或多種有機溶劑。 然後,該組合物係呈奈米液滴形式分散於水相中。已發現在聚合之前提供界面活性劑可有利地促進離散型奈米液滴在分散介質(特定言之水性分散介質)中之形成及隨後之穩定化,特定言之離子及/或空間穩定化,其中該等奈米液滴包含LC介質及可聚合化合物。 攪拌,較佳機械攪拌,特定言之高剪切混合,可適宜地產生或進一步影響分散液,特定言之乳液,及均質化且同樣促進奈米液滴之形成。作為替代,可例如使用膜乳化。 進行機械攪拌及提供界面活性劑因此可在得到奈米液滴及進而得到奈米尺寸膠囊,特定言之具有實質上均勻尺寸分佈或相對低之多分散性之奈米膠囊中起到有利作用。 經分散相展現在分散介質中之不良溶解度,此意指其顯示低溶解度或甚至實際上係不溶於形成連續相之分散介質中。有利地,使用水、水基或水性溶液或混合物以形成連續相或外相。 藉由分散,個別奈米液滴以此種使得各液滴構成單獨奈米尺寸反應體積之方式彼此去耦合用於隨後之聚合。 可以不同方式製備或提供水性混合物。在一個實施例中,可製備較佳含在水中之界面活性劑溶液或混合物且將其添加至包含液晶原介質及可聚合化合物之組合物。然後,攪拌,特定言之機械攪拌所提供的水性混合物,以得到包含分散於水相中之可聚合化合物及根據本發明之LC介質之奈米液滴。可使用高剪切混合進行攪拌或混合。例如,可使用利用轉子-定子原理之高效分散裝置,諸如市售之Turrax (IKA)。視情況,該高剪切混合可改用超音波處理替代,特定言之高功率超音波。亦可將超音波處理及高剪切混合組合,其中,較佳地,超音波處理係先於高剪切混合。 如上所述之攪拌與提供界面活性劑之組合可有利地導致分散液,特定言之乳液適宜地形成及穩定化。使用高壓均質機,視需要及較佳除了上述混合之外所使用,可進一步藉由設置或調整及相應地減小液滴尺寸及亦藉由使液滴尺寸更窄地分佈,即改良粒子尺寸之均勻度,來有利地影響奈米分散液,特定言之奈米乳液之製備。尤佳係當重複高壓均質化時,尤其幾次,諸如三次、四次或五次時。例如,可使用市售之微流化器(Microfluidics)。 因此,在一個較佳實施例中,在根據本發明之製備方法之步驟(b)中使用高壓均質機。 於產生奈米液滴後,使一或多種可聚合化合物聚合。藉此,得到包含聚合殼及包含液晶原介質之核之奈米膠囊。 雖然根據本發明之奈米膠囊之製備不受限於此及其亦可藉由其他方法,例如藉由用預形成聚合物囊封、凝聚、溶劑蒸發,或藉由溶質共擴散法製備,但在本發明中,宜認識到包含LC介質之奈米膠囊可有利地藉由使用原位聚合之方法來製備。 此外,應認識到,替代提供現成聚合物以囊封LC介質,奈米級液晶原介質之囊封可有利地在原位從聚合物前驅物開始來進行。因此,可有利地避免使用預形成聚合物亦及具體言之與其一起提供之乳化劑。就此而言,使用所給定的預製之聚合物可使得奈米乳液之形成及穩定化困難同時其另外可限制總體方法之可調整性。 原位聚合方法不受特定限制,及可使用例如界面聚合。然而,較佳地,根據本發明之原位聚合特定言之係基於聚合誘發之相分離。 在根據本發明之基於聚合誘發之相分離的該方法中,可聚合化合物係至少部分可溶或分別至少部分溶解於包含液晶原介質之相中,較佳地,該一或多種可聚合化合物及液晶原介質係經密切混合,特定言之經均質混合,其中該混合物為經由聚合而奈米相分離的,即,聚合誘發之相分離(PIPS)。可設定及調整溫度以有利地影響溶解度。 宜觀察到,,所提供的如上文及下文所述的LC介質就囊封製程,特定言之聚合,及與其相關聯的條件,諸如對例如來自波長在300 nm至380 nm範圍內的UV燈之熱或UV光之暴露而言係適宜穩定的。考慮到不需要進行玻璃基板之間之聚合,波長之選擇有利地不受玻璃之UV截止限制,但可例如鑑於組合物之材料性質及穩定性來設定。 本發明方法簡便地利用原位聚合及有利地且較佳地係基於聚合及相分離之組合,特定言之奈米分散及PIPS之組合。該方法提供在就提供受控且可調適之製備方法方面之顯著優點。藉由或分別可藉由該方法得到的奈米膠囊顯示適宜且可調諧之粒度,然而,同時提供有利地高的粒度均勻度,即有利地低的多分散性、及進而有利地均勻的產品性質。驚人地發現設定適宜膠囊奈米尺寸同時另外觀察並達成低多分散性可於操作電壓上具有有利的影響。考慮到該方法之可控性及可調適性,可有利地設定並調節所得奈米膠囊及特定言之包含於其中之LC介質的電光參數。 藉由奈米液滴給定的尺寸設定轉化或各自分離之長度標度或體積,導致聚合誘發之奈米相分離。此外,液滴界面可充作囊封聚合殼之模板。形成或開始形成於奈米液滴中之該聚合物鏈或網路可分離至或驅動至或累積在與水相之界面處,其中聚合可先進行及亦終止形成封閉囊封層。就此而言,成形或分別形成之聚合殼實質上不混溶於水相及LC介質兩者中。 因此,在本發明之一個態樣中,聚合可確保在水相與包含LC介質之相之間的界面之處經促進且/或繼續。就此而言,該界面可充作擴散障壁及反應位點。 此外,膠囊之形成及經形成界面之特性(特定言之聚合物之結構及構築嵌段)可影響材料性質,特定言之LC配向,例如,藉由回應於電場之垂直錨定、錨定能量及切換行為。在一個實施例中,錨定能量或強度係經減小以有利地影響電光切換,其中,例如,可適宜地設定及調整聚合物表面形態及極性。 在一個實施例中,根據步驟(b)使用的界面活性劑可至少部分地併入聚合膠囊殼中及特定言之於與膠囊內部中之LC之界面處。界面處的該等併入的界面活性劑分子可有利地影響電光性能及減小操作電壓,特定言之,藉由設定及調諧界面性質及相互作用。在一種情況中,界面活性劑可有利地影響LC分子之配向,例如,促進垂直配向從而導致徑向組態。另外或或者,界面活性劑分子可影響內部聚合物表面之形態及物理化學屬性使得減小錨定強度。根據步驟(b)提供的界面活性劑因此不僅貢獻於根據本發明之有利製程,而且其可提供所得奈米膠囊中之益處。 在一個較佳實施例中,在步驟(b)中使用兩種界面活性劑或一種界面活性劑及另一添加劑。依此方式,可甚至更有效並高效地調整或調諧若干性質,諸如尺寸及界面特性或配向。例如,將可分別或一起貢獻於影響例如可濕性、溶解度、黏度、極性或疏水性之試劑組合可係有用的。同樣地,步驟(b)中另外提供之該等視情況可選的添加劑可較佳地駐留或累積於界面處。 該方法之組合要素可有利地導致製得許多個別、經分散或可分別分散之奈米膠囊,該等奈米膠囊各具有聚合殼及包含LC材料之核,其中所使用的界面活性劑可貢獻於有利地低的聚結傾向。 在PIPS方法中,可藉由視需要且較佳地交聯成形或分別經形成之聚合物鏈有利地影響相分離及經形成聚合殼之性質(特定言之穩定性及與LC組分之不混溶性)。然而,亦在無該交聯下,膠囊性質可能已經足夠良好。 應認識到,各種組分或其可能之缺少(特定言之LC材料、一或多種可聚合化合物及分散介質及形成及經形成之聚合物)之各自的混溶性、溶解度及相容性起著重要作用,特定言之混合自由能與混合相互作用能力及混合熵。 此外,應注意囊封製程係基於聚合反應,即,特定動態製程為潛在之膠囊形成。特定言之,目前一般觀察到用於囊封之可聚合化合物具有與LC介質之適宜混溶性,而經形成之膠囊殼聚合物展現適宜低的與LC材料之溶解度。 在根據本發明之方法中,聚合轉化或完成可驚人地高及殘餘未反應可聚合化合物的量有利地低。此可確保經形成之膠囊中LC介質之性質及性能不受殘餘反應性單體影響或僅受最小程度影響。 根據步驟(c),經分散之奈米液滴係經歷聚合。特定言之,包含於奈米液滴中或分別與奈米液滴混合之可聚合化合物係經聚合。較佳且有利地,該聚合導致PIPS。藉由聚合,形成具有如上文及下文所述之核-殼結構之奈米膠囊。所得或可分別得到的奈米膠囊通常係球形、實質上球形或球狀。就此而言,一些形狀非對稱或小的變形可係有益的,例如在就操作電壓而言。 在乳液液滴中及在各液滴界面處之聚合可使用習知方法來進行。該聚合可分一或多個步驟進行。特定言之,奈米液滴中可聚合化合物之聚合較佳係藉由暴露於熱或光化輻射來達成,其中暴露於光化輻射意指用光(如UV光、可見光或IR光)照射、用X-射線或γ射線照射或用高能粒子(諸如離子或電子)照射。在一個較佳實施例中,進行自由基聚合。 假若聚合係以超過一個步驟進行,則可製備具有超過一個層之殼,例如具有兩個層之殼結構,其中就其他聚合步驟而言,提供其他反應性單體。根據聚合物前驅物及/或該等步驟中之聚合條件,殼層可具有不同組成及各自不同的性質。例如,可形成具有更具親脂性之面對核的內層及更具親水性之面對外部環境(例如複合膜中之黏合劑)的外層之殼。 可在適宜溫度下進行聚合。在一個實施例中,在低於液晶原混合物之澄清點之溫度下進行聚合。在一個替代實施例中,然而,亦可在澄清點或澄清點以上進行聚合。 在一個實施例中,藉由加熱乳液,即,藉由熱聚合,例如藉由熱聚合丙烯酸酯及/或甲基丙烯酸酯化合物,進行聚合。尤佳係熱引發之自由基聚合反應性可聚合前驅物,從而導致LC材料之奈米囊封。 在另一個實施例中,藉由光輻射,即,利用光,較佳UV光,進行聚合。關於光化輻射之光源,可使用(例如)單一UV燈或一組UV燈。當使用高燈功率時,可縮短固化時間。光輻射之另一可能的來源為雷射,像例如UV雷射、可見光雷射或IR雷射。 可將適宜且習知上使用之熱引發劑或光引發劑添加至組合物以有利於反應,例如偶氮化合物或有機過氧化物,諸如Luperox型引發劑。除此之外,用於聚合之適宜條件及引發劑之適宜類型及量為相關技術已知並描述於文獻中。 例如,當藉助於UV光聚合時,可使用在UV照射下分解產生使聚合反應開始之自由基或離子之光引發劑。就聚合丙烯酸酯基或甲基丙烯酸酯基而言,較佳使用自由基光引發劑。就聚合乙烯基、環氧基或氧雜環丁烷基團而言,較佳使用陽離子光引發劑。亦可使用當加熱時分解產生使聚合開始之自由基或離子之熱聚合引發劑。典型自由基光引發劑為例如市售之Irgacure®或Darocure® (Ciba Geigy AG,Basel,Switzerland)。典型陽離子光引發劑為例如UVI 6974 (Union Carbide)。 在一個實施例中,使用充分溶於奈米液滴中但水不溶性、或至少實質上水不溶性引發劑。例如,在用於製備奈米膠囊之製程中,可使用偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN),在一個特定實施例中,其係進一步包含於根據本發明之組合物中。 或者亦或另外,可提供水溶性引發劑,諸如,例如2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙醯胺)二鹽酸鹽(AIBA)。 亦可添加其他添加劑。特定言之,可聚合材料可另外包含一或多種添加劑,諸如(例如)觸媒、敏化劑、穩定劑、抑制劑及鏈轉移劑。 例如,可聚合材料亦可包含一或多種穩定劑或抑制劑以防止非所欲之自發聚合,像例如市售之Irganox® (Ciba Geigy AG,Basel,Switzerland)。 藉由添加一或多種鏈轉移劑至可聚合材料,可修改所得或可分別得到的聚合物之性質。藉由使用鏈轉移劑,可調整游離聚合物鏈之長度及/或聚合物中兩交聯間聚合物鏈之長度,其中,通常,當增加鏈轉移劑之量時,聚合物中之聚合物鏈長度減小。 較佳地,在惰性氣體氛圍中,例如氮氣或氬氣,更佳在經加熱之氮氣氛圍下進行聚合。但亦可在空氣中進行聚合。 此外,較佳地,在有機溶劑之存在下進行聚合,其中,較佳地,有機溶劑係提供於包含LC介質之組合物中。使用有機溶劑(例如十六烷或1,4-戊二醇)在就調整反應性化合物與LC介質之溶解度及穩定奈米液滴方面可係有利的,及其亦可有益於影響相分離。然而,較佳地,有機溶劑(如果使用)的量受到限制,通常,基於總組合物計,低於25重量%,更佳小於20重量%,及特定言之小於15重量%。 所形成的聚合物殼適宜地展現就LC材料及水而言之低溶解度,即,實質上不溶。此外,在該製程中,可適宜地且有利地限制或甚至避免所製得的奈米膠囊之凝結或各自聚集。 亦較佳地交聯殼中之成形聚合物或分別經形成之聚合物。該交聯可提供形成穩定聚合殼及得到適宜密封及障壁功能性,同時維持足夠機械可撓性方面的益處。 因此,根據本發明之方法可囊封及限制液晶原介質,同時維持LC材料之電光性能及特定言之電響應性。特定言之,提供該組合物及製程條件使得維持LC材料之穩定性。因此,LC在所形成奈米膠囊中可展現有利的特性,例如適宜高De、適宜高Dn、有利的高澄清點及低熔點。特定言之,在聚合中,所提供的LC材料可顯示適宜且有利之例如就暴露於熱或UV光而言之穩定性。 根據本發明方法之視需要可選及在一些情況可較佳之步驟(d)中,將一或多種添加劑添加至藉由實施(c)得到的奈米膠囊。已驚人地發現,甚至在形成奈米粒子之後,其性質可仍舊受到添加適宜添加劑之影響及調整。一般而言,藉由聚合得到的奈米粒子已經具有適當且有用之性質,其中該等產品特性主要取決於包含於核中之LC材料及已經形成之聚合殼之構造及組態。然而,出人意料地,奈米粒子之一些屬性仍可藉由在製備如此經囊封奈米粒子之後添加一或多種添加劑至奈米膠囊之額外步驟進一步改良或改變。在某些條件下或就特定應用而言,奈米膠囊之該等改良或調整可尤其有益。 根據本發明之添加劑可根據達成或調適具體產品特性進行選擇。例如,可使用有利地影響可濕性及溶解度、化學品抗性(例如抗水)、膜形成及消泡之試劑。在一個實施例中,可添加有機溶劑或疏水性或疏水劑。然而,在本發明之一個較佳實施例中,具體而言,選擇一或多種添加劑為一或多種界面活性劑。雖然可用作根據步驟(d)之添加劑之該等界面活性劑可提供其他益處,諸如貢獻於適宜之膜形成、有利的黑暗狀態或適宜低的滯後,但宜認識到,當奈米膠囊用於電光裝置中時,該等添加劑可用於減小操作電壓。 根據本發明,該一或多種添加劑係與如在步驟(b)中提供的一種界面活性劑組合使用。就此而言,在生成奈米液滴期間亦及在隨後的聚合中,使用根據步驟(b)提供的界面活性劑。如上所述,在該製程期間,其中的界面活性劑係有用的,例如,藉由促進及穩定微乳液亦及藉由在膠囊形成期間及之後防止或最小化粒子聚集。此外,界面活性劑可另外地影響產品性質,諸如膠囊尺寸,但亦影響如上所述之電光性質,例如藉由調諧殼與核之間的界面相互作用。因此,其等提供若干功能及在自前驅物材料製備膠囊期間應提供適宜性能。 在形成膠囊之後,僅添加用於步驟(d)中之添加劑,較佳界面活性劑。因此,一般而言,其等可自乳液及聚合步驟之需求獨立選擇。然而,在一種情況中,添加劑(較佳界面活性劑)可根據界面活性劑亦及視需要包含的根據步驟(b)提供的添加劑來選擇,即與其匹配或調整,及可甚至為相同界面活性劑。因此,在一個實施例中,選擇根據步驟(d)之添加劑為與如步驟(b)中所提供的界面活性劑相同。 在另一種情況中,可獨立地且更自由地例如根據其他標準來選擇根據步驟(d)之界面活性劑。在一個尤佳的實施例中,就減低操作電壓而言,提供步驟(d)之添加劑。因此,在另一個實施例中,根據步驟(d)之添加劑係不同於如在步驟(b)中提供的界面活性劑。 在該製程中,產生適宜地分散之穩定之奈米膠囊。在得到奈米膠囊之後,可視需要且較佳地移除水相,或可分別減少或耗盡該量的水,或或者,可改用另一分散介質交換水相。 在一個實施例中,經分散或分別可分散之奈米膠囊係例如藉由過濾或離心而實質上或完全與水相分離。可使用習知上使用的過濾,例如膜過濾、透析、橫流式過濾及特定言之橫流式過濾與透析之組合及/或離心技術。過濾及/或離心可藉由例如移除如在步驟(b)中所提供的過量或不想要或甚至殘餘界面活性劑提供其他益處。因此,例如,藉由移除污染物、雜質或不想要的離子,可不僅提供奈米膠囊之濃縮,而且可提供純化。 較佳地且有利地,膠囊之表面電荷的量保持最小。基於機械穩定性,奈米膠囊可經歷相對容易的分離技術,例如,使用蒸發或萃取方法。亦可乾燥奈米膠囊,其中乾燥意指移除分散介質,但留下包含於膠囊內部之LC材料。可使用習知的技術,諸如在空氣中乾燥、臨界點乾燥及冷凍乾燥(特定言之冷凍乾燥)。亦可進行溶劑移除、分離、純化、濃縮及處理之其他習知方法,例如層析或尺寸分級。 在根據本發明之方法中,可在可選的耗盡、移除或更換水相之其他步驟之前添加該一或多種添加劑,較佳一或多種界面活性劑至奈米膠囊。或者,可在可選的耗盡、移除或更換水相之其他步驟之後添加該一或多種添加劑,較佳一或多種界面活性劑至奈米膠囊。亦可在耗盡、移除或交換水相之前及之後添加添加劑(較佳界面活性劑)。 根據材料性質及各自情況,添加劑(較佳界面活性劑)可如此般或或者使用適宜溶劑(例如水或水性溶劑、異丙醇或丙酮)呈溶液形式進行添加。然後,例如,使用攪拌、超音波處理及/或加熱,將奈米膠囊及添加劑適宜地混合。 根據步驟(b)亦及可選步驟(d)使用的該等添加劑(特定言之界面活性劑)可各自單獨或以組合形式,藉由影響聚合殼及甚至LC材料,至少經由在膠囊壁內部界面之處之相互作用,有利地影響奈米膠囊性質。據認為,該界面活性劑可吸附至及在某些情況中或在某些條件下穿透、溶解於或甚至滲透或通過形成膠囊殼之聚合組合物使得其可調整殼性質,例如,就帶電荷、電導率或電容率而言。界面活性劑分子亦可在介於聚合殼與LC材料之間的界面處起作用,例如影響或減小LC材料與聚合物殼表面之錨定能量或影響LC分子之配向。假若將一部分界面活性劑或添加劑與LC材料混合,則亦可改變該材料之彈性常數或黏度及繼而改變其電光性質。此外,當界面活性劑或添加劑分子位於奈米膠囊之外表面上時,與環境之相互作用,諸如溶解度及可濕性可例如根據與黏合劑之相容性改變及有利地調整。 在該製程中,有利地,將水或水溶液用作分散介質。就此而言,然而,此外亦觀察到所提供的組合物及所產生的奈米膠囊顯示適宜之穩定性及對水之存在之化學抗性(例如就滯後而言)。在一個實施例中,可藉由提供或添加極性介質,較佳包含例如甲醯胺或乙二醇或氫氟碳之非水性極性介質減少或甚至實質上最小化水的量。 有利地,根據本發明之方法提供大量個別奈米膠囊,其等係可分散及甚至可再分散。因此,其等可進一步簡易地及靈活地用於及應用於各種環境。歸因於膠囊之穩定性之故,膠囊在用於各種應用之前之儲存(特定言之適宜長的存放期)亦變得可能。然而,立刻進行進一步處理亦係有利提供的選項。就此而言,在處理期間,特定言就塗佈應用而言,膠囊係適宜地穩定。 如上所述的製程提供一種以可控且可調方式製備奈米膠囊之簡便方法。特定言之,例如,藉由調整組合物中界面活性劑的量,可適宜地調諧膠囊粒度同時保持低的多分散性。驚人地發現,鑑於減小電光應用中之操作電壓,適宜設定之均勻膠囊尺寸可尤其有利。此外,在聚合之前添加至奈米液滴或如在步驟(d)中添加的添加劑可有利地進一步貢獻於減小操作電壓。 此外,已發現,根據本發明方法之步驟(a)提供的組合物在製備製程期間及在所得產品中均顯示適宜之行為及性能。此意指在一方面該等組合物極適於奈米囊封,即,適於形成奈米膠囊,其中各膠囊之經形成之膠囊殼包含奈米尺寸體積之LC介質。在另一方面,其等亦可用於得到例如在電光應用中之有利產品性能。 特定言之,根據本發明提供的組合物可依有利的製程,特定言之使用原位聚合之製程,尤其係基於PIPS之製程製備有利的包含液晶原介質之奈米膠囊,其中在該製程中,該等組合物具有有利的性能。此外,該等組合物可得到奈米膠囊,其提供在就其物理及化學屬性方面,特定言之,就其在電光裝置中之電光性質及其穩定性而言之顯著益處。因此,本發明組合物可用於製備奈米膠囊。 可藉由適宜地混合或摻合該等組分來提供組合物。 在一個較佳實施例中,根據本發明之組合物包含以基於總組合物計5重量%至95重量%,更佳15重量%至75重量%,特定言之25重量%至65重量%的量的LC介質。 在一個較佳實施例中,根據本發明之組合物進一步包含一或多種有機溶劑。已發現,在用於製備本發明奈米膠囊之製程中提供有機溶劑,可提供額外益處。特定言之,該一或多種有機溶劑可貢獻於設定或調整組分溶解度或各自混溶性。該溶劑可充作適宜共溶劑,其中可增強或影響其他有機成分之溶劑溶解力。此外,在藉由可聚合化合物之聚合誘發之相分離期間,該(等)有機溶劑可具有有利的影響。 就此而言,可使用標準有機溶劑作為有機溶劑。該(等)溶劑可選自例如脂族烴、鹵化脂族烴、芳族烴、鹵化芳族烴、醇、二醇或其酯、醚、酯、內酯、酮及類似,更佳選自二醇、正烷烴及脂肪醇。亦可使用上述溶劑之二元、三元或更高元混合物。 在一個實施例中,可添加1,5-二甲基四氫萘、3-苯氧基甲苯、環己烷或5-羥基-2-戊酮。 在一個較佳實施例中,該溶劑係選自環己烷、十四氟己烷、十二烷、十三烷、十四烷、十五烷、十六烷、十七烷、十六烷-1-醇、2-異丙氧基乙醇、辛基十二醇、1,2-乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、戊二醇(特定言之1,4-戊二醇)、己二醇(特定言之1,6-己二醇)、庚二醇、辛二醇、三乙醇胺、乙酸乙酯、己酸乙酯及乙酸丁酯中之一或多者。尤佳地,所使用的有機溶劑包括十六烷或1,4-戊二醇,特定言之為十六烷或1,4-戊二醇。在另一個實施例中,使用包含十六烷及1,4-戊二醇之組合。 該(等)有機溶劑(特定言之十六烷)較佳係以基於總組合物計0.1重量%至35重量%,更佳1重量%至25重量%,特定言之3重量%至17重量%的量添加。 在一個實施例中,用於製備奈米膠囊中之十六烷不被視為組成根據本發明之另一添加劑。 該有機溶劑可增強溶解度或各自增溶作用,或稀釋其他有機組分及可貢獻於調諧黏度。 在一個實施例中,該有機溶劑充作疏水劑。將其添加至奈米-或微乳液之經分散相可影響,特定言之增加奈米液滴中之滲透壓。此可貢獻於藉由抑制奧士瓦熟化而使「水包油型」溶液穩定化。充作疏水劑之較佳有機溶劑具有低於液晶在水中之溶解度之水中溶解度,然而,其等係可溶於液晶中。有機溶劑(較佳疏水劑)可充作穩定劑或共穩定劑。 在根據本發明之組合物中,提供一或多種可聚合化合物作為用於包含或各自環繞LC介質之聚合殼或壁之前驅物。 可聚合化合物具有至少一個可聚合基團。該可聚合基團較佳係選自CH2 =CW1 -COO-、、CH2 =CW2 -(O)k1 -、CH3 -CH=CH-O-、(CH2 =CH)2 CH-OCO-、(CH2 =CH-CH2 )2 CH-OCO-、(CH2 =CH)2 CH-O-、(CH2 =CH-CH2 )2 N-、HO-CW2 W3 -、HS-CW2 W3 -、HW2 N-、HO-CW2 W3 -NH-、CH2 =CW1 -CO-NH-、CH2 =CH-(COO)k1 -Phe-(O)k2 -、Phe-CH=CH-、HOOC-、OCN-,其中W1 為H、Cl、CN、苯基或具有1至5個C原子之烷基,特定言之H、Cl或CH3 ,W2 及W3 彼此獨立地為H或具有1至5個C原子之烷基,特定言之H、甲基、乙基或正丙基,Phe為1,4-伸苯基且k1 及k2 彼此獨立地為0或1。 該一或多種可聚合化合物係經選擇使得其等在LC組分或相中具有適宜且足夠之溶解度。除此之外,其等需要對於聚合條件及環境敏感。特定言之,該(等)可聚合化合物可以高轉化率進行適宜聚合,從而導致在反應之後有利地少量之殘餘未反應可聚合化合物。此可在就LC介質之穩定性及性能方面提供益處。此外,選擇可聚合組分使得由其形成之聚合物適宜地相分離或分別地,由其形成聚合物係經相分離以組成聚合膠囊殼。特定言之,有利地避免或分別最小化LC組分在殼聚合物之溶解度及經形成聚合物殼之膨脹或膠凝,其中經形成膠囊中LC介質之量亦及構造仍舊係實質上恆定。因此,最小化或避免壁中LC材料之任何LC化合物之有利優先溶解度。 藉由提供適宜粗糙的聚合物殼,有利地最小化或甚至完全地避免奈米膠囊之膨脹或甚至膨裂及LC材料自膠囊之非所欲洩露。 聚合或固化時間尤其取決於可聚合材料之反應性及量、經形成膠囊殼之厚度及聚合引發劑(若存在)之類型及量以及反應溫度及/或例如UV燈之輻射功率。可如此選擇聚合或固化時間及條件以例如得到快速聚合製程,或或者以例如得到減慢之製程,其中,然而,可有益地影響聚合物之轉化及分離之完整性。因此,可較佳具有短的聚合及固化時間,例如短於5分鐘,然而,在一個替代實施例中,更長的聚合時間,諸如超過一小時或甚至至少三小時可係較佳。 在一個實施例中,使用非液晶原可聚合化合物,即不包含液晶原基之化合物。然而,其等顯示足夠且適宜之溶解度或各自與LC組分之混溶性。在一個較佳實施例中,另外提供有機溶劑。 在另一個態樣中,使用可聚合液晶原或液晶化合物,亦稱為反應性液晶原(RM)。該等化合物包含液晶原基及一或多個可聚合基團,即適於聚合之官能基。 視需要,在一個實施例中,根據本發明之可聚合化合物僅包含反應性液晶原,即所有反應性單體為液晶原。或者,RM可以與一或多種非液晶原可聚合化合物組合之形式提供。該等RM可係單反應性或二反應性或多反應性。RM可展現有利的溶解度或各自與LC介質之混溶性。然而,進一步設想,成形或分別由其形成之聚合物顯示適宜之相分離行為。較佳可聚合液晶原化合物包含作為末端基團之至少一個可聚合基團及作為核基之液晶原基,進一步佳地,包含介於可聚合基團與液晶原基之間之間隔基團及/或連接基團。在一個實施例中,使用2-甲基-1,4-伸苯基-雙[4[3(丙烯醯氧基)丙氧基]苯甲酸酯(RM 257,Merck KGaA)。或者或另外,液晶原基之一或多個側取代基亦可為可聚合基團。 在又另一個實施例中,避免使用液晶原可聚合化合物。 在一個較佳實施例中,該一或多種可聚合化合物係選自氯乙烯、偏二氯乙烯、丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯胺、丙烯酸甲酯或甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯或甲基丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯或甲基丙烯酸正丁酯或丙烯酸第三丁酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸環己酯或甲基丙烯酸環己酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯或甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、丙烯酸苯基氧基乙酯或甲基丙烯酸苯基氧基乙酯、丙烯酸羥乙酯或甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯、丙烯酸羥丙酯或甲基丙烯酸羥丙酯、丙烯酸2-5 C-烷氧基乙酯或甲基丙烯酸2-5 C-烷氧基乙酯、丙烯酸四氫糠酯或甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、丙烯酸乙烯酯、琥珀酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基咔唑、苯乙烯、二乙烯基苯、二丙烯酸乙二酯、丙烯酸1,6-己二醇酯、雙酚-A-二丙烯酸酯及雙酚-A-二甲基丙烯酸酯、二丙烯酸三羥甲基丙酯、三丙烯酸三羥甲基丙酯、三丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、二丙烯酸三乙二醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯、三丙烯酸三丙二醇酯、三丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、四丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、四丙烯酸二(三甲基)丙酯或二季戊四醇五-或六丙烯酸酯。此外,較佳為硫醇-烯烴,像例如市售產品Norland 65 (Norland Products)。 可聚合或反應性基團較佳係選自乙烯基、丙烯酸酯基、甲基丙烯酸酯基、氟丙烯酸酯基、氧雜環丁烷基團或環氧基,尤佳係丙烯酸酯基或甲基丙烯酸酯基。 較佳地,該一或多種可聚合化合物係選自丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、氟丙烯酸酯及乙酸乙烯酯,其中,更佳地,該組合物進一步包含一或多種二反應性及/或三反應性可聚合化合物,較佳係選自二丙烯酸酯、二甲基丙烯酸酯、三丙烯酸酯及三甲基丙烯酸酯。 在一個實施例中,如上文所述之該一或多種可聚合化合物(ii)包含選自一種、兩種或更多種丙烯酸酯基、甲基丙烯酸酯基及乙酸乙烯酯基之可聚合基團,其中該等化合物較佳為非液晶原化合物。 在一個較佳實施例中,根據本發明之組合物包含一或多種單丙烯酸酯,其較佳係以基於總組合物計0.1重量%至75重量%,更佳0.5重量%至50重量%,特定言之2.5重量%至25重量%的量添加。尤佳之單反應性化合物係選自丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸異丙酯、丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸戊酯、丙烯酸己酯、丙烯酸壬酯、丙烯酸2-甲基-己酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-乙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-丁酯、丙烯酸2,3-二羥基丙酯及丙烯酸縮水甘油酯。 另外或或者,可使用乙酸乙烯酯。 在另一個較佳實施例中,除了上述單丙烯酸酯外,根據本發明之組合物視需要包含一或多種單甲基丙烯酸酯,其較佳係以基於總組合物計0.1重量%至75重量%,更佳0.5重量%至50重量%,特定言之2.5重量%至25重量%的量添加。尤佳的單反應性化合物係選自甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸丙酯、甲基丙烯酸異丙酯、甲基丙烯酸丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、甲基丙烯酸戊酯、甲基丙烯酸己酯、甲基丙烯酸壬酯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基-己酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-丁酯、甲基丙烯酸2,3-二羥基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸硬脂酯、甲基丙烯酸金剛烷酯及甲基丙烯酸異冰片酯。 尤佳地,將至少一種交聯劑添加至該組合物,即,包含兩個或更多個可聚合基團之可聚合化合物。所製得粒子中聚合殼之交聯可提供其他益處,尤其在就進一步改良穩定性及密封及就調諧或分別減小膨脹,特定言之由於溶劑所致之膨脹之易感性而言。就此而言,二反應性及多反應性化合物可用於形成其自身的聚合物網路及/或用於交聯實質上由聚合單反應性化合物形成之聚合物鏈。 可使用相關技術中已知之習知交聯劑。尤佳地,另外提供二反應性或多反應性丙烯酸酯及/或甲基丙烯酸酯,其較佳係以基於總組合物計0.1重量%至75重量%,更佳0.5重量%至50重量%,特定言之2.5重量%至25重量%的量添加。尤佳之化合物係選自二丙烯酸乙二酯、二丙烯酸丙二酯、二丙烯酸丁二酯、二丙烯酸戊二酯、二丙烯酸己二酯、二丙烯酸乙二醇酯、二丙烯酸甘油酯、四丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸乙二酯(亦稱為二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯)、二甲基丙烯酸丙二酯、二甲基丙烯酸丁二酯、二甲基丙烯酸戊二酯、二甲基丙烯酸己二酯、二丙烯酸三丙二醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸甘油酯、三甲基丙烯酸三甲基丙酯及三丙烯酸季戊四醇酯。 可有利地設定及調整單反應性單體與二-或多反應性單體之比以影響殼之聚合物組成及其性質。 根據本發明方法之步驟(b),該一種界面活性劑係用於將該組合物呈奈米液滴分散於水相中。在一個實施例中,該界面活性劑可經混合且包含於如在步驟(a)中提供的組合物中。或者,該界面活性劑係在步驟(a)後,較佳呈水性混合物形式添加。在此情況中,該界面活性劑係提供於水相中且接著與如在(a)中提供的組合物混合。 因此,根據一個較佳實施例中,可單獨在初始步驟中製備或提供該界面活性劑,且接著添加至其他組分。特定言之,該界面活性劑可呈水性混合物或組合物形式製備或提供,然後,將其添加至如上文及下文所述之包含液晶原介質及可聚合化合物之其他組分。尤佳地,該一種界面活性劑係呈界面活性劑水溶液形式提供。 該界面活性劑可用於降低表面或界面張力及促進乳化及分散。 可使用相關技術中已知的習知界面活性劑,包括陰離子界面活性劑(例如硫酸鹽(例如月桂基硫酸鈉)、磺酸鹽、磷酸鹽及羧酸鹽界面活性劑)、陽離子界面活性劑(例如二級或三級胺及四級銨鹽界面活性劑)、兩性離子界面活性劑(例如甜菜鹼、磺基甜菜鹼及磷脂界面活性劑)及非離子界面活性劑(例如長鏈醇或酚、醚、酯或醯胺非離子界面活性劑)。 在根據本發明之一個較佳實施例中,使用非離子界面活性劑。在製備奈米膠囊之製程期間(特定言之就分散液形成及穩定而言)及在PIPS中,使用非離子界面活性劑可提供益處。另外,應認識到,假若界面活性劑(例如殘餘界面活性劑)包含於經形成奈米膠囊中,可有利地避免帶電荷的界面活性劑。因此,非離子界面活性劑之使用及離子界面活性劑之避免可在就奈米膠囊(亦在複合系統及電光裝置中)之穩定性、可靠性及電光特性及性能方面有益。 尤佳係聚乙氧基化非離子界面活性劑。較佳之化合物係選自由聚氧乙二醇烷基醚界面活性劑、聚氧丙二醇烷基醚界面活性劑、葡萄糖苷烷基醚界面活性劑、聚氧乙二醇辛基酚醚界面活性劑(諸如TritonTM X-100)、聚氧乙二醇烷基酚醚界面活性劑、甘油烷基酯界面活性劑、聚氧乙二醇山梨糖醇酐烷基酯界面活性劑(諸如聚山梨醇酯)、山梨糖醇酐烷基酯界面活性劑、椰油醯胺單乙醇胺、椰油醯胺二乙醇胺及十二烷基二甲基胺氧化物組成之群。 在一個尤佳實施例中,所使用的界面活性劑係選自聚氧乙二醇烷基醚界面活性劑,其包括市售Brij® 試劑(來自Sigma-Aldrich)。尤佳係包含二十三碳乙二醇十二烷基醚或更佳由其組成之界面活性劑。在一個極佳實施例中,使用市售Brij® L23 (Sigma-Aldrich),亦稱為Brij 35或聚氧乙烯(23)月桂基醚。在其他特定實施例中,較佳係市售Brij® 58(亦稱為聚乙二醇十六烷基醚或聚氧乙烯(20)鯨蠟基醚)或市售Brij® L4(亦稱為聚乙二醇十二烷基醚或聚氧乙烯(4)月桂基醚)。 在另一個實施例中,較佳使用烷基芳基聚醚醇,較佳係市售TritonTM X-100,及特定言之係4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)苯基-聚乙二醇及式C14 H22 O(C2 H4 O)n H(其中n為9及10)之化合物。或者或另外,可較佳使用辛基酚乙氧基化物界面活性劑,諸如ECOSURFTM 界面活性劑(購自Dow),例如ESOSURFTM EH-9(90%),或TERGITOL® 界面活性劑(購自Dow),例如TERGITOL® 15-S-9。 在另一個實施例中,較佳使用有機聚矽氧,諸如聚醚矽氧烷及聚醚矽氧烷共聚物,例如市售TEGO® 添加劑(Evonik),較佳係TEGO® Wet 270,及特定言之係包含3-[甲基-雙(三甲基甲矽烷氧基)甲矽烷基]丙基-聚乙二醇或較佳由其組成之界面活性劑或較佳TEGO® Wet 280。此外,可較佳使用TEGO® WET 260及TEGO® Wet KL 245及述於US 7,618,777中之聚矽氧界面活性劑,例如H3 CSi(CH3 )2 OSiO(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 O(CH2 CH2 O)7 CH3 )Si(CH3 )3 。 在又另一個實施例中,較佳使用氟界面活性劑,較佳係FluorN 322,及特定言之係包含2-[[2-甲基-5-(3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-十三氟-辛氧基羰基胺基)苯基]胺甲醯氧基]乙基-聚丙二醇及更佳由其組成之界面活性劑。較佳地,亦可使用其他氟界面活性劑,諸如市售FluorN 561及FluorN 562 (Cytonix)。 在又另一個實施例中,較佳使用泊洛沙姆(poloxamer)共聚物,較佳係包含聚環氧乙烷及聚環氧丙烷之單元之共聚物,更佳係由聚丙二醇之中央疏水嵌段與側鏈兩個聚乙二醇親水嵌段組成之三嵌段共聚物,及特定言之係市售泊洛沙姆407或Pluronic® F-127 (BASF)或Synperonic PE/F127 (Croda)。或者或另外,可較佳使用其他Pluronic® 添加劑,例如Pluronic® 10R5。 該界面活性劑較佳係以相對於如在步驟(a)中提供的組合物計小於30重量%,更佳小於25重量%,甚至更佳小於20重量%,及特定言之小於15重量%之量提供。 根據一個較佳實施例,當界面活性劑係呈製得的水性混合物形式提供時,該量的水不被視為在就重量方面組成總組合物,即,就此而言,水係除外的。 此外,在用於製備根據本發明之奈米膠囊之製程中,可使用聚合界面活性劑或表面活性聚合物或嵌段共聚物。 在一個特定實施例中,然而,避免使用該等聚合界面活性劑或表面活性聚合物。 根據本發明之一個態樣,可使用可聚合界面活性劑,即包含一或多個可聚合基團之界面活性劑。 該可聚合界面活性劑可單獨地使用,即僅作為界面活性劑提供,或以與不可聚合界面活性劑組合之方式使用。 在一個實施例中,可聚合界面活性劑係除不可聚合界面活性劑以外及與不可聚合界面活性劑組合方式提供。可聚合界面活性劑之該可選提供可提供組合效益,貢獻於適宜液滴形成及穩定化以及穩定之聚合膠囊殼之形成。因此,該等化合物在相同時間充作界面活性劑及可聚合化合物。尤佳係可聚合非離子界面活性劑,特定言之係非離子界面活性劑,其另外具有一或多個丙烯酸酯基及/或甲基丙烯酸酯基。包括使用可聚合界面活性劑之該實施例可具有以下優點在於兩親性界面處之模板性質可於聚合期間特別完好地保持。此外,該可聚合界面活性劑可不僅參與聚合反應,但可呈構築嵌段有利地併入聚合物殼中,及更佳地亦在殼表面處併入,使得其可有利地影響界面相互作用。在一個尤佳實施例中,聚矽氧聚醚丙烯酸酯用作可聚合界面活性劑,更佳係可交聯聚矽氧聚醚丙烯酸酯。在另一個實施例中,使用PEG甲基醚甲基丙烯酸酯。 在該製程中,將該組合物添加至水性混合物,其中該組合物係分散於水相中。就此而言,所提供的界面活性劑可有利地貢獻於形成並穩定化分散液,特定言之乳液,及促進均質化。 假若提供水性混合物,該量的水在就重量方面不被視為組成總組合物,即,就此而言水係除外的。 較佳地,水係呈純水,特定言之去離子水形式提供。 根據本發明,然後,將如在步驟(a)中提供的組合物呈奈米液滴形式分散於水相中。 該組合物可包含額外化合物,諸如一或多種多色染料(特定言之二色性染料)、一或多種對掌性化合物及/或其他慣用且適宜之之添加劑。 多色染料較佳為二色性染料及可選自例如偶氮染料及噻二唑染料。 適宜之對掌性化合物為例如標準對掌性摻雜劑,例如R-或S-811、R-或S-1011、R-或S-2011、R-或S-3011、R-或S-4011、R-或S-5011或CB 15(均購自Merck KGaA,Darmstadt,Germany)、如WO 98/00428中所述之山梨糖醇、如GB 2,328,207中所述之氫化苯偶姻、如WO 02/94805中所述之對掌性聯萘酚、如WO 02/34739中所述之對掌性聯萘酚縮醛、如WO 02/06265中所述之對掌性TADDOL或如WO 02/06196或WO 02/06195中所述之具有氟化連接基之對掌性化合物。 此外,可添加物質以改變LC材料之介電各向異性、光學各向異性、黏度及/或電光參數之溫度依賴性。 根據本發明之液晶原介質包含如上所述之一或多種式I化合物。 在一個較佳實施例中,該液晶介質係由2至25種,較佳3至20種化合物組成,其中至少一者為式I之化合物。該介質較佳包含一或多種,更佳兩種或更多種,及最佳三種或更多種根據本發明之式I化合物。該介質較佳包含低分子量液晶化合物,其係選自向列型或向列原物質,例如,係選自已知類別之氧偶氮苯、苯亞甲基-苯胺、聯苯、聯三苯、苯甲酸苯酯或苯甲酸環己酯、環己烷羧酸之苯酯或環己酯、環己基苯甲酸之苯酯或環己酯、環己基環己烷羧酸之苯酯或環己酯、苯甲酸之環己基苯酯、環己烷羧酸之環己基苯酯及環己基環己烷羧酸之環己基苯酯、苯基環己烷、環己基-聯苯、苯基環己基環己烷、環己基環己烷、環己基環己烯、環己基環己基環己烯、1,4-雙-環己基苯、4,4’-雙-環己基聯苯、苯基-或環己基嘧啶、苯基-或環己基吡啶、苯基-或環己基噠嗪、苯基-或環己基二噁烷、苯基-或環己基-1,3-二噻烷、1,2-二苯基乙烷、1,2-二環己基乙烷、1-苯基-2-環己基乙烷、1-環己基-2-(4-苯基環己基)-乙烷、1-環己基-2-聯苯基-乙烷、1-苯基2-環己基-苯基乙烷、視需要鹵化之二苯乙烯、苄基苯基醚、二苯乙炔、經取代之肉桂酸及其他類別之向列型或向列原物質。該等化合物中之1,4-伸苯基亦可係側向單-或二氟化。該液晶混合物較佳係基於該類型之非對掌性化合物。 在一個較佳實施例中,該LC主體混合物為向列型LC混合物,其較佳不具有對掌性LC相。 適宜之LC混合物可具有正介電各向異性。該等混合物述於例如JP 07-181 439(A)、EP 0 667 555、EP 0 673 986、DE 195 09 410、DE 195 28 106、DE 195 28 107、WO 96/23 851、WO 96/28 521及WO2012/079676中。 在另一個實施例中,該LC具有負介電各向異性。該等介質述於例如EP 1 378 557 A1中。 在一個尤佳實施例中,該一或多種式I化合物係選自式Ia、Ib、Ic及Id之化合物 其中 R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 及R6 彼此獨立地表示具有1至15個碳原子,較佳1至7個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烷基或烷氧基或具有2至15個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烯基,其未經取代、經CN或CF3 單取代或經鹵素單-或多取代且其中一或多個CH2 基可在各情況中彼此獨立地經-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-或-C≡C-以使氧原子彼此不直接連接的方式置換, X1 及X2 彼此獨立地表示F、CF3 、OCF3 或CN, L1 、L2 、L3 、L4 及L5 彼此獨立地為H或F, i 為1或2,且 j及k 彼此獨立地為0或1。 根據本發明之該一或多種添加劑為可在製備期間提供有利或適宜功能及尤其可賦予所得產品一或多種優點或有用性質或至少對其有貢獻之試劑。該添加劑可例如用於調整材料性質、溶解度或混溶性,或提供在就成膜能力方面之益處。 可在聚合步驟之前或根據步驟(d)提供該(等)添加劑。 較佳地,根據本發明之該(等)添加劑,特定言之如在步驟(d)中所提供之添加劑為界面活性劑。界面活性劑為表面活性試劑。該試劑可減小液體間或液體與固體間之表面或界面張力。本文中之界面活性劑可包括或相應地充作清潔劑、潤濕劑、乳化劑、發泡劑及分散劑。 在用於製備根據本發明之奈米膠囊之方法中,在步驟(b)中,使用一或多種界面活性劑。本文中之界面活性劑可促進或貢獻於奈米乳液之液滴形成及穩定化。其亦可用於設定或調整液滴亦及所產生奈米膠囊之尺寸及尺寸分佈。 在一種情況中,根據步驟(d)添加之界面活性劑可與在步驟(b)中所使用相同。然而,根據步驟(d)之添加劑係在如此般形成膠囊之後添加。在該階段,可尤其解決或考慮其他因素,即不同於液滴穩定化及粒度設定之因素。因此,可使用亦發揮不同或額外功能或影響其他或另外性質之添加劑。在另一種情況中,因此,根據步驟(d)添加的界面活性劑可不同於如在步驟(b)中所使用的界面活性劑,即,為另一或第二界面活性劑。此外,亦可使用添加劑之組合,諸如,界面活性劑與成膜劑之組合。 根據一個較佳實施例,在步驟(d)中之添加劑意指界面活性劑。在該實施例中,可使用相關技術中已知的步驟(d)之習知界面活性劑,包括陰離子界面活性劑(例如硫酸鹽(例如月桂基硫酸鈉)、磺酸鹽、磷酸鹽及羧酸鹽界面活性劑)、陽離子界面活性劑(例如二級或三級胺及四級銨鹽界面活性劑)、兩性離子界面活性劑(例如甜菜鹼、磺基甜菜鹼及磷脂界面活性劑)及非離子界面活性劑(例如長鏈醇及酚、醚、酯或醯胺非離子界面活性劑),特定言之係烷基聚醚及聚乙氧基醇。 在根據本發明之一個較佳實施例中,使用非離子界面活性劑。非離子界面活性劑之使用及離子界面活性劑之避免可在就奈米膠囊(亦在複合系統及電光裝置中)之穩定性、可靠性及電光特性及性能方面有益。 尤佳係聚乙氧基化非離子界面活性劑。較佳之化合物係選自由聚氧乙二醇烷基醚界面活性劑、聚氧丙二醇烷基醚界面活性劑、葡萄糖苷烷基醚界面活性劑、聚氧乙二醇辛基酚醚界面活性劑(諸如Triton X-100)、聚氧乙二醇烷基酚醚界面活性劑、甘油烷基酯界面活性劑、聚氧乙二醇山梨糖醇酐烷基酯界面活性劑(諸如聚山梨醇酯)、山梨糖醇酐烷基酯界面活性劑、椰油醯胺單乙醇胺、椰油醯胺二乙醇胺及十二烷基二甲基胺氧化物組成之群。 在一個尤佳實施例中,所使用的界面活性劑係選自聚氧乙二醇烷基醚界面活性劑,其包括市售Brij® 試劑(Sigma-Aldrich)。尤佳係包含二十三碳乙二醇十二烷基醚或更佳由其組成之界面活性劑。在一個極佳實施例中,使用市售Brij® L23 (Sigma-Aldrich),亦稱為Brij 35或聚氧乙烯(23)月桂基醚。在其他特定實施例中,較佳係市售Brij® 58 (亦稱為聚乙二醇十六烷基醚或聚氧乙烯(20)鯨蠟基醚)或市售Brij® L4 (亦稱為聚乙二醇十二烷基醚或聚氧乙烯(4)月桂基醚)。 在另一個實施例中,較佳使用烷基芳基聚醚醇,較佳係市售Triton X-100,及特定言之係4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)苯基-聚乙二醇及式C14 H22 O(C2 H4 O)n H (其中n為9及10)之化合物。或者或另外,可較佳使用辛基酚乙氧基化物界面活性劑,諸如ECOSURFTM 界面活性劑(購自Dow),例如ESOSURFTM EH-9(90%),或TERGITOL®界面活性劑(購自Dow),例如TERGITOL® 15-S-9。 在另一個實施例中,較佳使用有機聚矽氧,諸如聚醚矽氧烷及聚醚矽氧烷共聚物,例如市售TEGO® 添加劑(Evonik),較佳係TEGO® Wet 270,及特定言之係包含3-[甲基-雙(三甲基甲矽烷氧基)甲矽烷基]丙基-聚乙二醇或較佳由其組成之界面活性劑或較佳TEGO® Wet 280。此外,可較佳使用TEGO® WET 260及TEGO® Wet KL 245及述於US 7,618,777中之聚矽氧界面活性劑,例如H3 CSi(CH3 )2 OSiO(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 O(CH2 CH2 O)7 CH3 )Si(CH3 )3 。 在又另一個實施例中,較佳使用氟界面活性劑,較佳係FluorN 322,及特定言之係包含2-[[2-甲基-5-(3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-十三氟-辛氧基羰基胺基)苯基]胺甲醯氧基]乙基-聚丙二醇及更佳由其組成之界面活性劑。較佳地,亦可使用其他氟界面活性劑,諸如市售FluorN 561及FluorN 562 (Cytonix)。 在又另一個實施例中,較佳使用泊洛沙姆(poloxamer)共聚物,較佳係包含聚環氧乙烷及聚環氧丙烷之單元之共聚物,更佳係由聚丙二醇之中央疏水嵌段與側鏈兩個聚乙二醇親水嵌段組成之三嵌段共聚物,及特定言之係市售泊洛沙姆407或Pluronic® F-127 (BASF)或Synperonic PE/F127 (Croda)。 在一些情況中,可較佳提供具有低分子量或為寡聚之非離子、部分水溶性界面活性劑。 驚人地,相對少量的添加劑已經足可有利地影響產品性質。較佳地,該添加劑佔最終所得膠囊重量小於10重量%,更佳小於5重量%,及特定言之小於2.5重量%。此外,較佳地,該等膠囊包含以基於總膠囊重量計至少0.01重量%,更佳至少0.05重量%的量的添加劑。 在一個較佳實施例中,在聚合步驟(c)之前添加或如在步驟(d)中所添加的添加劑相對如在步驟(a)中所提供的組合物而言的量受限於10重量%或更少的量,較佳為5重量%或更少,更佳為2.5重量%或更少,及甚至更佳為1重量%或更少。在一個實施例中,添加劑就如在步驟(a)中所提供的組合物而言的量尤佳係設在0.05重量%至1重量%範圍內,及甚至更佳係在0.1重量%至1重量%範圍內。 本發明之另一態樣係關於奈米膠囊,其各自包含聚合殼、包含包含如上文及下文所述之一或多種式I化合物之液晶原介質及一或多種添加劑之核。較佳且有利地,藉由或可藉由實施根據本發明之方法得到該等奈米膠囊。 宜認識到,經改良之奈米膠囊,特定言之有鑑於在電光應用中減小之操作電壓及如上文及下文所述之其他有益性質,係藉由或可藉由實施根據本發明之方法得到。 此外,已驚人地發現,可提供穩定且可靠之奈米膠囊,其包含具有有利電光性質及適宜可靠性之液晶原介質,同時可另外併入一或多種添加劑,較佳一或多種界面活性劑,此可提供或貢獻於相同及/或其他益處,諸如減低操作電壓。 應進一步認識到,根據本發明之奈米膠囊可藉由或分別可藉由基於原位聚合及特定言之基於在奈米乳液中之PIPS之製程得到。因此,出人意料地,可提供包含呈由聚合殼所囊封核形式之LC之奈米尺寸液滴(奈米液滴)之光調變材料,其中該等奈米膠囊整體亦及包含於其中之液晶原介質具有適宜及甚至改良之性質。 可藉由添加,較佳併入如上所述之添加劑(較佳界面活性劑),進一步影響及調整奈米膠囊之性質。驚人地發現,甚至在如此般製備或提供奈米膠囊之後,後續引入添加劑仍舊可貢獻於及在某些條件下甚至進一步改良奈米膠囊之特性及性能。 藉由提供根據本發明之奈米膠囊,可將離散量之LC材料局限在奈米體積中,其等係穩定地包含且個別可定址及其等可封固或分散於不同環境中。經聚合殼奈米囊封之LC材料可容易地施加至單個基板及由單個基板支撐,該單個基板可係可撓的及其中該層或膜厚度可係可變或分別改變。由聚合壁環繞(即封閉)之LC介質係可在至少兩種狀態中操作。 然而,各奈米液滴僅提供相對少體積之LC。因此,目前當認識到,較佳且有利地提供LC組分,其具有適宜大的Dn,此外同時展現良好透射率及良好可靠性,包括特定言之適宜之電壓保持比(VHR)及熱及UV穩定性以及相對小的旋轉黏度。此外,可有利地提供具有適宜且合理地高的介電各向異性De值之LC組分,以得到在電光裝置應用中相對小的臨限電壓。就此而言,使用如上所述之界面活性劑,可進一步適宜地減小操作電壓。 另外宜認識到,在奈米膠囊中,介於LC核與聚合殼之間的界面區域相較於所提供奈米體積係相對較大及因此特別需要考慮聚合殼組分及LC核組分各自的性質及其相互關係。在根據本發明之奈米膠囊中,可有利且適宜地設定及調整聚合物與LC組分間的相互作用,其主要考慮所提供的用於根據本發明之奈米囊封之組合物及所提供製備製程之控制及可調適性來獲得。此外,添加劑(較佳界面活性劑)可進一步影響或改變該等相互作用。 例如,該等界面相互作用可促進或阻止LC奈米液滴中任何配向或定向之形成。 考慮到奈米膠囊之小尺寸,該小尺寸可係可見光之亞波長及甚至小於可見光之λ/4,有利地,該等膠囊可僅係可見光之極弱的散射器。 此外,於不存在電場下及取決於界面相互作用,在一種情況中,該LC介質可形成在奈米尺寸體積中很少定向或無定向之無序相,特定言之各向同性相,其可例如提供極佳的視角行為。此外,在無電源或非定址狀態中固有地具有各向同性相在裝置應用中可係有利的,在於可實現極佳黑暗狀態,特定言之在使用偏振器時。 與例如徑向或雙極定向之發生情況相反,據認為在一種情況中,考慮到奈米膠囊中所提供的小體積,該定向可不發生,或至少受到限制。 或者且如在特定實施例中較佳地,配置可發生,其中,特定言之,該(等)界面相互作用可用於例如藉由用膠囊壁設定或調整錨定強度誘發或影響LC介質中之配向及定向。在該種情況中,均勻、平坦、徑向或雙極配向可發生。當具有分別且個別LC定向或配向之該等奈米膠囊隨機地分散時,總體上可觀察到光學各向同性。 球形或球狀幾何形狀及曲率設定針對向列組態及液晶分子之配向之約束或邊界條件,此可進一步取決於LC在膠囊表面處之錨定、膠囊之彈性性質及本體及表面能量以及尺寸。電光響應繼而係取決於奈米膠囊中LC之定序及定向。 此外,經囊封之LC介質之配向及定向之任何可能的不存在或存在與基板無關,因此,不需要在基板上提供配向層。 特定言之,當膠囊中之LC具有徑向組態及粒度小於光波長時,該等奈米膠囊係實質上光學各向同性或分別顯示假-各向同性光學性質。當使用兩個交叉式偏振器時,此允許實現極佳黑暗狀態。在藉由電場切換,特定言之平面內切換時,可得到光學上各向異性之軸向組態,在該情況下,所誘發之雙折射引起光透射。因此,在一個較佳實施例中,包含於奈米膠囊中之LC材料具有徑向組態。 就切換,特定言之基於IPS組態中誘發之雙折射之切換而言,有利地,可使用介電正性或介電負性LC介質。 本發明提供有利的奈米膠囊,即,組成具有經LC材料填充的聚合殼之奈米容器之膠囊,該等聚合殼視需要且較佳地係經交聯。此外,該等奈米膠囊包含一或多種如上所述之添加劑。該等膠囊為具有核-殼結構之個別且獨立(即離散且可分散)粒子。該等膠囊可個別地起作用,但亦統稱為光調變材料。其等可應用於各種環境,及根據分散介質,可再分散於不同介質中。例如,可將其等分散於水或水相中,乾燥,及分散於黏合劑(較佳係聚合物黏合劑)中。 該等奈米膠囊亦可稱為奈米粒子。特定言之,該等奈米粒子包含被聚合物殼環繞之奈米級LC材料。該等經奈米囊封之液晶可視需要另外包埋於聚合黏合劑中。 在相分離較不明顯或較不完全之一替代情況中,聚合物網路形成於液滴內部使得得到展現海綿狀或多孔內部之膠囊(其中該LC材料填充孔隙)可係可能的。在該情況中,該LC材料填充海綿狀結構或網路之孔隙,同時殼封閉該LC材料。 在另一替代情況中,LC材料與聚合物之間的分離可在中間水平,其中僅介於LC內部與壁之間的該界面或邊界較不明顯及顯示梯度行為。 然而,較佳達成殼聚合物與LC材料之有效及完全分離,特定言之,提供具有光滑內表面之殼。 視需要,所包含的液晶原介質可進一步包含一或多種對掌性摻雜劑及/或一或多種多色染料及/或其他慣用添加劑。 有利地,藉由或可藉由聚合如上所述之組合物,及特定言之藉由本文所述之有效且可控之製程,得到根據本發明之奈米膠囊。驚人地,在該等奈米膠囊中可提供殼聚合物,特定言之藉由聚合上述前驅物化合物得到,其與LC組分良好匹配及與LC性能相容。較佳地,膠囊聚合物之電阻抗係至少等於且更佳大於LC材料之電阻抗。就此而言,該添加劑可用於適宜地調整性質及性能。 此外,就可分散性及避免不想要聚集而言,該殼聚合物可係有利的。此外,例如在成膜複合系統中及特定言之在電光應用中,可將殼聚合物與黏合劑組合且充分作用。就此而言,例如,有鑑於避免聚集或改良膜形成,該添加劑亦可有利地影響膠囊性質。 根據本發明之膠囊(其中液晶係經殼材料組分囊封)之特徵在於其等係奈米尺寸。較佳係具有不大於400 nm之平均尺寸之奈米膠囊。 較佳地,該等奈米膠囊具有藉由動態光散射分析測得不大於400 nm,更佳不大於300 nm,甚至更佳不大於250 nm之平均尺寸。動態光散射(DLS)係可用於測定次微米區域中粒子之尺寸及尺寸分佈之通常已知的技術。例如,市售Zetasizer (Malvern)可用於DLS分析。 甚至更佳地,奈米膠囊之平均尺寸小於200 nm,特定言之,不大於150 nm,較佳地,藉由DLS所測得。在一個尤佳實施例中,平均奈米膠囊尺寸係低於可見光之波長,特定言之,小於可見光之λ/4。宜發現,在至少一種狀態中,特定言之具有適宜之LC配向或組態之根據本發明之奈米膠囊可係極弱的可見光散射器,即,其等不散射或實質上不散射可見光。在該情況中,該等膠囊可用於調變光之兩個偏振分量之間的相位移,即,相位阻滯,而不顯示或實質上不顯示任何狀態中光之不想要的散射。 在一個實施例中,就550 nm之波長而言,該阻滯係設在約λ/2,特定言之係設為λ/2。此可藉由例如提供膜中奈米膠囊之適宜類型及量及設定適宜膜厚度來達成。 就電光應用而言,經聚合物囊封之液晶原介質較佳展現15 nm至400 nm,更佳50 nm至250 nm及特定言之75 nm至150 nm之局限尺寸。 若膠囊尺寸變得極小,特定言之接近LC分子之分子尺寸,則考慮到所封閉LC材料的量減少亦及LC分子之移動性變得更加有限,該等膠囊之功能性可變得低效。 選擇形成離散個別結構之聚合殼或各自的壁之厚度使得其有效地包含且穩定地局限所包含的LC介質,然而同時,允許相對柔性及仍舊使得LC材料具極佳電響應性。有鑑於電容及電光性能,殼應較佳儘可能地薄同時仍舊提供用於密封之足夠強度。因此,典型膠囊殼或壁厚度小於100 nm。較佳地,聚合殼具有小於50 nm,更佳小於25 nm,及特定言之小於15 nm之厚度。在一個較佳實施例中,聚合殼具有1 nm至15 nm,更佳3 nm至10 nm,及特定言之5 nm至8 nm之厚度。 顯微鏡技術(特定言之SEM及TEM)可用於觀察奈米膠囊尺寸、結構及形態。壁厚度可例如藉由對於冷凍斷裂樣品之TEM來測定。或者,可使用中子散射技術。此外,例如AFM、NMR、橢圓測量及和頻生成技術可用於研究奈米膠囊結構。根據本發明之奈米膠囊通常具有球形或球狀,其中中空球形或球狀殼係填充或分別包含根據本發明之LC介質。 因此,本發明提供複數個離散球形或球狀LC本體或粒子,其等各被聚合殼奈米囊封及其等各個別但亦統稱上係可在電光裝置中以至少兩種狀態操作。 該LC組分提供如上所述之有益化學、物理及電光特性,諸如良好可靠性及穩定性及低旋轉黏度。在一個較佳實施例中,根據本發明之LC介質具有Dn ³0.15,更佳³0.20及最佳³0.25之雙折射率。甚至更佳地,當根據本發明之LC介質另外具有De ³ 10之介電各向異性時。 驚人地,藉由適宜地提供及設定根據本發明之雙折射率及介電各向異性,甚至小奈米體積的LC係足以有效且高效地調變光,其中僅適度電場或分別僅適度驅動電壓可用於實現或分別改變LC分子在奈米膠囊中之配向。 此外,本發明之另一優點在於得到實質上均勻膠囊尺寸,即,達成低多分散性之可能性。該均勻度可有利地提供膠囊在裝置應用中之均勻電光性能。 此外,可在就膠囊尺寸方面調整及調諧藉由或分別可藉由根據本發明之受控且可調適之製程得到的膠囊,此繼而允許調諧所需要的電光性能,特定言之基於Kerr效應者。 奈米膠囊之小且均勻之尺寸可在就回應於所施加電場得到快速且均勻之切換方面有益,較佳地,提供低毫秒或甚至亞毫秒回應時間。 已發現奈米膠囊與黏合劑材料之組合可適宜地影響且增加光調變材料之可加工性及應用性,特定言之就在基板上之塗佈、滴塗或印刷及膜形成而言。因此,在另一個態樣中,本發明提供一種用於製備包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之此種複合系統之方法。此外,該方法係設想使得所得系統另外包含一或多種添加劑,較佳係如上所述之一或多種界面活性劑。併入系統中,較佳至少某一程度上併入奈米膠囊中之添加劑可提供進一步改良或調整之產品性質,特定言之就操作電壓而言,但亦例如關於極佳黑暗狀態、有利地低的滯後及膜形成。有利地,用於製備複合系統之方法提供在就可何時及如何添加添加劑方面之有用的靈活性。 在該方法中,可提供已經如此般包含一或多種添加劑之奈米膠囊。在一個替代實施例中,然而,開始時提供的該等奈米膠囊不包含一或多種添加劑。該等奈米膠囊係適合與一或多種黏合劑混合,其中此外,再添加如上文所述之該一或多種添加劑。特定言之,如在膠囊製備步驟(d)中所使用的添加劑亦可有利地用於製備根據本發明之複合系統。添加劑(較佳界面活性劑)之添加可與黏合劑之添加同時進行且/或在添加黏合劑之後進行。然而,較佳地,該添加劑係與黏合劑一起添加,因此,包括奈米膠囊之該等組分可更容易地混合且混合至更大程度。 該一或多種黏合劑既可充作分散劑亦可充作黏著劑或黏合劑,及此外提供適宜之物理及機械穩定性同時維持或甚至增進可撓性。此外,有利地,可藉由改變所提供的黏合劑或緩衝材料的量來調整膠囊之密度或濃度。 因此,本發明提供一種複合系統,其包含根據本發明之奈米膠囊、一或多種黏合劑及一或多種添加劑,其中該系統較佳地且有利地可藉由實施如上文及下文所述之方法得到。 已發現,可將離散奈米膠囊與黏合劑材料混合,其中經混合之奈米膠囊實質上維持(較佳完全維持)其在複合物中之完整性,然而,同時係結合、保持或封固於黏合劑中。就此而言,該黏合劑材料可為聚合殼材料之相同材料或不同材料。因此,根據本發明,可將該等奈米膠囊分散於由奈米膠囊殼之材料之相同材料或不同材料製成的黏合劑中。較佳地,該黏合劑係一種不同的材料或至少經改質材料。此外,根據本發明,併入適宜地影響所得系統之性質之一或多種添加劑,較佳界面活性劑。 該黏合劑可係有用的,在於其可分散奈米膠囊,其中可設定及調整膠囊之量或濃度。驚人地,藉由獨立地提供膠囊及適宜黏合劑,可不僅調諧經組合複合物中膠囊的量,而且尤其地,若需要,則可得到膠囊之極高含量及亦或極低含量。通常,該等奈米膠囊係以約2重量%至約95重量%的比例包含於複合物中。較佳地,該複合物包含在10重量%至85重量%,更佳30重量%至70重量%範圍內的奈米膠囊。在一個較佳實施例中,所使用的黏合劑及奈米膠囊的量大約相同。複合系統中添加劑的量通常係顯著小於奈米膠囊或黏合劑的量。較佳地,基於總系統組合物計,所得系統中添加劑的量為5重量%或更少,更佳為2.5重量%或更少,及甚至更佳為1重量%或更少。基於總系統組合物計,複合系統中添加劑的量尤佳係設在0.05重量%至1重量%範圍內,及甚至更佳係設在0.1重量%至1重量%範圍內。 黏合劑材料及亦較佳添加劑或二者之組合可改良或影響膠囊之可塗覆性或可印刷性及成膜能力及性能。較佳地,該黏合劑可提供機械支持同時維持適宜程度之可撓性,且其可充作基質。此外,該黏合劑展現適宜且足夠之透明度。 在一個實施例中,該黏合劑可選自例如如例如在US 4,814,211中所述之無機玻璃單塊或其他無機材料。 然而,較佳地,該黏合劑為聚合材料。適宜的材料可為例如可熱固化之合成樹脂,諸如,例如,環氧樹脂及聚胺基甲酸酯。此外,可使用乙烯基化合物及丙烯酸酯,特定言之聚丙烯酸乙烯酯及聚乙酸乙烯酯。此外,可使用或添加聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚脲、聚胺基甲酸酯、脲甲醛、三聚氰胺甲醛、三聚氰胺脲甲醛。在一些實施例中,丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯用作黏合劑。 尤佳地,使用水溶性聚合物,諸如例如,聚乙烯醇(PVA)、澱粉、羧甲基纖維素、甲基纖維素、乙基纖維素、聚乙烯吡咯啶、明膠、藻酸鹽、酪蛋白、阿拉伯膠或乳膠狀乳液。該黏合劑可例如鑑於設定各自的疏水性或親水性進行選擇。 在一個實施例中,黏合劑(特定言之經乾燥之黏合劑)吸收很少水或不吸收水。 在一個尤佳實施例中,該一或多種黏合劑包含聚乙烯醇,其包括部分及完全水解之PVA。有利地,可藉由改變水解度來調整水溶解度及親水性。因此,可控制或減少水之攝取。有利地,可藉由例如調整PVA之分子量、水解度或藉由PVA之化學修飾設定PVA之性質(諸如機械強度或黏度)。 有利地,亦可藉由交聯黏合劑來影響黏合劑性質。因此,特定言之,當PVA係作為黏合劑提供時,在一個實施例中,該黏合劑係經交聯,較佳藉由交聯劑,諸如二醛,例如戊二醛、甲醛及乙二醛交聯。此種交聯可例如有利地降低非所欲破裂形成之任何傾向。 除了如上文所述之一或多種添加劑(較佳界面活性劑)外,該複合物可進一步包含慣用添加劑,諸如穩定劑、抗氧化劑、自由基清除劑及/或塑化劑。 就黏合劑,特定言之PVA而言,乙二醇可用作較佳塑化劑。亦可使用甘油,及或者或另外,使用1-辛醇。 在一個實施例中,將該等奈米膠囊與PVA及甘油混合,更佳地,與PVA、甘油及1-辛醇混合,及甚至更佳地,與PVA、甘油、TEGO® Wet 270及視需要可選之1-辛醇混合。 此外,為有利地影響成膜性質,可添加成膜劑(例如聚丙烯酸)及消泡劑。 該等試劑可用於改良膜形成及基板可濕性。視需要,可進行塗佈組合物之脫氣及/或過濾以進一步改良膜性質。同樣地,設定及調整黏合劑黏度可有利地影響成膜或分別形成之膜。 亦可添加保濕劑或乾燥劑至黏合劑。 該黏合劑可呈液體或膏劑形式提供,其中例如在膜形成期間或之後,特定言之藉由在高溫下蒸發,可自複合混合物移除載劑介質或溶劑(諸如水、水性溶劑或有機溶劑)。 較佳地,在一些情況中添加劑可適宜地貢獻於黏合劑與奈米膠囊混合並充分組合。此外,適宜地避免或最小化膠囊之聚集,使得例如可避免或最小化光洩露,此繼而可使得極佳黑暗狀態成為可能。除此之外,可選擇該黏合劑,使得可在複合物(例如,在由複合物形成之膜中)中提供高密度之奈米膠囊。此外,在複合物中,可將黏合劑之結構及機械優點與LC膠囊之有利電光性質組合。該添加劑可用於進一步改良該等性質。 使用例如纖維素或纖維素衍生物、聚矽氧烷或硫醇-烯烴作為該塗層,可施加面塗層或保護層至製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜。 特定言之,藉由(再)分散根據本發明之奈米膠囊,可施加其等奈米膠囊至多種不同環境。有利地,其等可呈在黏合劑中或分別與黏合劑混合的複數個膠囊形式分散。該黏合劑可不僅改良成膜行為,亦可改良膜性質,其中,特定言之,該黏合劑可相對於基板保持膠囊。通常,該等膠囊係隨機分佈或分別隨機定向於黏合劑中。由於膠囊中之LC配向,特定言之,就徑向配向而言,及/或由於膠囊之隨機分佈,總體上可在肉眼可見的規模上得到為光學各向同性或至少實質上光學各向同性之材料。 可將包含黏合劑材料但亦包含奈米膠囊本身之複合物適宜地施加或層壓至基板。例如,藉由習知塗佈技術,諸如旋塗、刮塗或滴涂,可施加複合物或僅奈米膠囊至基板上。或者,其等亦可藉由習知且已知之印刷方法,像例如噴墨印刷施加至基板。亦可將膠囊或複合物溶解於適宜溶劑中。接著,(例如)藉由旋塗或印刷或其他已知技術,將該溶液塗佈或印刷至基板上,然後蒸發除去該溶劑。於許多情況中,適宜加熱該混合物以利於溶劑之蒸發。關於溶劑,可使用(例如)水、水性混合物或標準有機溶劑。 較佳地,施加至基板之材料為複合物,即,其亦包含黏合劑。通常,形成具有小於25 µm,較佳小於15 µm之厚度之膜。在一個較佳實施例中,由複合物製成之膜具有0.5 µm至10 μm,極佳1 µm至7 μm,特定言之2 µm至5 μm之厚度。在一個尤佳實施例中,層厚度在2 µm至4 µm,更佳3 µm至4 µm,及甚至更佳3.5 µm至4.0 µm範圍內。 關於基板,可使用(例如)玻璃、矽、石英片或塑料膜。亦可將第二基板放於經施加(較佳經塗佈或印刷)之材料頂部。可使用各向同性或雙折射基板。亦可塗覆光學塗層,特定言之,藉由光學黏著劑。 在一個較佳實施例中,該基板可為可撓材料。在複合物提供可撓性之情況下,因此可得到總體上可撓系統或裝置。 適宜且較佳之塑料基板為(例如)聚酯(諸如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)或聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN))、聚乙烯醇(PVA)、聚碳酸酯(PC)或三乙酸纖維素(TAC)之膜,更佳係PET或TAC膜。關於雙折射基板,可使用(例如)單軸拉伸塑料膜。PET膜可自(例如) DuPont Teijin Films以商品名Melinex®商業購得。 該等基板可係透明及透射或反射性的。就電光尋址率而言,該等基板可展現電極。在一個典型實施例中,提供具有ITO電極之玻璃基板。 在就相容性方面及根據各自的應用,LC材料、聚合膠囊殼及黏合劑之電性質及光學性質有利且較佳地相匹配或相一致。根據本發明之複合物可提供適宜及有利之電光行為及性能。就此而言,該添加劑可適宜地影響該行為及性能。 此外,例如,藉由較佳且有利地減小水攝取,可得到極佳的物理及化學穩定性。特定言之,可達成良好穩定性及對熱及機械應力之抗性,而同時仍舊提供適宜機械可撓性。 較佳地,有鑑於LC之電響應性及接近LC材料介電常數之適宜介電常數以限制界面處的帶電荷,黏合劑亦及較佳聚合物殼具有相對大的阻抗。觀察到,黏合劑之介電常數高到足以確保有效地施加電場跨越膠囊中之LC介質。該等材料中之任何電荷或離子含量較佳經最小化以保持電導率極低。就此而言,已發現,可藉由純化,特定言之藉由移除或減少雜質及帶電荷污染物的量,來改良所提供黏合劑(較佳PVA)之性質。例如,可將黏合劑(特定言之PVA)於去離子水或醇中進行溶解並洗滌,及其可藉由透析或索格利特純化(soxhlet purification)進行處理。 此外,有鑑於在各自應用中之最佳性能,LC材料、聚合膠囊殼及黏合劑之折射率有利且較佳地相匹配或相一致。特定言之,LC材料及黏合劑之折射率係協調的。特定言之,可鑑於LC之非尋常折射率(ne )、LC之尋常折射率(no )或LC之平均折射率(navg )來設定或調整黏合劑之折射率及亦有可能之膠囊聚合物之折射率。特定言之,黏合劑之折射率亦及殼聚合物之折射率可密切匹配於LC材料之ne 、no 或navg 。 在一個實施例中,將該等奈米膠囊分散於黏合劑中,其中黏合劑中之該膠囊展現相對於彼此之隨機定向。不論各個別膠囊中LC材料之配向或定向之任何可能之不存在或存在,膠囊相對於彼此之該隨機定向可導致LC材料作為整體提供觀測到之平均折射率(navg )。考慮到膠囊之奈米尺寸及其充作僅極弱光散射器之有利潛在性,在該實施例中,施加電場(其中該電場迫使LC材料之(再)配向)可調變透射光或反射光之相位移或阻滯,然而不改變表觀的散射(若存在)。在該種情況中,及特定言之在膠囊之尺寸顯著小於光波長時,黏合劑之折射率亦及較佳聚合膠囊殼之折射率可例如適宜且有利地經調整或匹配於LC材料之navg 。因此,該等奈米膠囊可表現為有效奈米級相位調變器。 在膠囊之奈米尺寸及不存在電場之情況下,特定言之就小於400 nm之尺寸而言,可實質上抑制,較佳完全抑制之光散射。此外,可藉由匹配或調整LC材料及聚合材料之折射率來控制散射及折射。 當膠囊及各自的LC指向矢係隨機定向於黏合劑中時,在一個實施例中,就垂直入射光而言,相位移與偏極化無關。 在另一個實施例中,該等膠囊係對準且定向於黏合劑中。 根據本發明之複合系統有利地允許高度可調適性及允許設定及調整尤其就調諧電光性質及功能性而言之若干自由度。例如,可設定、調整或改變層或膜厚度同時能夠獨立地改變膜中奈米尺寸LC材料之密度,其中此外,可預設定亦及因此調整該等奈米膠囊之尺寸,即,各個別膠囊中LC材料的量。此外,該LC介質可經選擇以具有特定性質,例如適宜高的De及Dn值。 在一個較佳實施例中,適宜地最大化組合物中、奈米膠囊中及複合物中LC的量以達成有利地高的電光性能。 根據本發明,可有利地提供具有相對生產便易性及高可加工性之複合物,其使得良好透射率、低操作電壓、經改良之VHR及良好黑暗狀態成為可能。驚人地,可得到穩固、有效且高效之系統,其可應用於單一基板,無需任何配向層或無需表面摩擦,且其可展現對層厚度偏差或對外力(諸如觸碰)之相對不敏感性,還有在漏光方面。除此之外,可得到寬視角,無需提供配向層或額外阻滯層。 較佳且有利地,所提供的奈米膠囊及複合系統顯示足夠的可加工性,使得在膠囊之濃縮及過濾、與黏合劑混合、膜形成及視需要乾燥膜期間之聚集保持最小程度。 根據本發明之奈米膠囊及複合系統可用於光學及電光應用中,特定言之可用於光調變元件或電光裝置中,及尤其可用於顯示器中。就顯示器應用而言,可得到快速響應及切換時間及因此得到例如快速視訊及/或連續彩色能力。 特定言之,包含LC介質(較佳係與黏合劑混合)之奈米膠囊適用於有效控制及調變光。其等可(例如)用於濾光器、可調諧偏振器及透鏡、及相位板中。關於相位調變器,彼等可用於光子裝置、光學通訊及資訊處理、及三維顯示器。另一用途係在可切換之智慧窗或隱私窗中。 因此,有利地,本發明提供光調變元件及電光調變器。該等元件及調變器包括根據本發明之奈米膠囊,其中,較佳地,在黏合劑中混合並分散該等膠囊。將根據本發明之一或多種添加劑用於奈米膠囊及/或複合系統中可有益地減小操作電壓。同時,除了有利地影響臨限及切換電壓外,可得到其他適宜產品性質。 除此之外,提供一種電光裝置,特定言之電光顯示器,其係利用如上文及下文所述之奈米膠囊及/或複合系統。在該裝置中,提供複數個奈米膠囊。 可商業購得上文及下文述及之許多液晶原化合物或其混合物。所有該等化合物為吾人所熟知或可藉由如文獻(例如,標準著作,諸如Houben-Weyl之Methoden der Organischen Chemie [Methods of Organic Chemistry],Georg-Thieme-Verlag,斯圖加特)中所述本身為吾人熟知之方法在已知且適用於該等反應之反應條件下精確製得。本文亦可使用本身為吾人所知但並未在此詳細提及的其變型。 依本身習知的方法製備根據本發明之介質。一般而言,較佳在高溫下,該等組分溶解於彼此中。藉助於適宜添加劑,本發明之液晶相可以此種使得其等可用於液晶顯示器元件中的方式經改質。該類型之添加劑為熟習此項技術者已知且詳細地述於文獻(H. Kelker、R. Hatz,Handbook of Liquid Crystals,Verlag Chemie,Weinheim,1980)中。例如,可添加多色染料以製得彩色客體-主體系統或可按順序添加物質以改變向列相之介電各向異性、黏度及/或配向。 根據本發明,術語「烷基」較佳包涵具有1至7個碳原子之直鏈及分支鏈烷基,特定言之係直鏈基團甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基及庚基。通常以具有2至5個碳原子之基團較佳。 烷氧基可係直鏈或分支鏈,及其較佳係直鏈且具有1個、2個、3個、4個、5個、6個或7個碳原子,及因此,較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基或庚氧基。 根據本發明,術語「烯基」較佳包涵具有2至7個碳原子之直鏈及分支鏈烯基,特定言之係直鏈基團。尤佳之烯基為C2 -C7 -1E-烯基、C4 -C7 -3E-烯基、C5 -C7 -4E-烯基、C6 -C7 -5E-烯基及C7 -6E-烯基,特定言之係C2 -C7 -1E-烯基、C4 -C7 -3E-烯基及C5 -C7 -4E-烯基。較佳烯基之實例為乙烯基、1E-丙烯基、1E-丁烯基、1E-戊烯基、1E-己烯基、1E-庚烯基、3-丁烯基、3E-戊烯基、3E-己烯基、3E-庚烯基、4-戊烯基、4Z-己烯基、4E-己烯基、4Z-庚烯基、5-己烯基及6-庚烯基。通常以具有至多5個碳原子之基團較佳。 氟化烷基或烷氧基較佳包括CF3 、OCF3 、CFH2 、OCFH2 、CF2 H、OCF2 H、C2 F5 、OC2 F5 、CFHCF3 、CFHCF2 H、CFHCFH2 、CH2 CF3 、CH2 CF2 H、CH2 CFH2 、CF2 CF2 H、CF2 CFH2 、OCFHCF3 、OCFHCF2 H、OCFHCFH2 、OCH2 CF3 、OCH2 CF2 H、OCH2 CFH2 、OCF2 CF2 H、OCF2 CFH2 、C3 F7 或OC3 F7 ,特定言之CF3 、OCF3 、CF2 H、OCF2 H、C2 F5 、OC2 F5 、CFHCF3 、CFHCF2 H、CFHCFH2 、CF2 CF2 H、CF2 CFH2 、OCFHCF3 、OCFHCF2 H、OCFHCFH2 、 OCF2 CF2 H、OCF2 CFH2 、C3 F7 或OC3 F7 ,尤佳係OCF3 或OCF2 H。在一個較佳實施例中,氟烷基包涵具有末端氟之直鏈基團,即氟甲基、2-氟乙基、3-氟丙基、4-氟丁基、5-氟戊基、6-氟己基及7-氟庚基。然而,不排除其他氟位置。 氧雜烷基較佳包涵式Cn H2n+1 -O-(CH2 )m 之直鏈基團,其中n及m各自彼此獨立為1至6。較佳地,n=1且m為1至6。 氧雜烷基較佳為直鏈2-氧雜丙基(=甲氧基甲基)、2-(=乙氧基甲基)或3-氧雜丁基(=2-甲氧基乙基)、2-、3-或4-氧雜戊基、2-、3-、4-或5-氧雜己基、2-、3-、4-、5-或6-氧雜庚基、2-、3-、4-、5-、6-或7-氧雜辛基、2-、3-、4-、5-、6-、7-或8-氧雜壬基、或2-、3-、4-、5-、6-、7-、8-或9-氧雜癸基。 鹵素較佳為F或Cl,特定言之係F。 若上述基團中之一者為烷基,其中的一個CH2 基已經-CH=CH-置換,則該烷基可係直鏈或分支鏈。其較佳係直鏈且具有2至10個碳原子。因此,其特定言之為乙烯基、丙-1-或丙-2-烯基、丁-1-、-2-或丁-3-烯基、戊-1-、-2-、-3-或戊-4-烯基、己-1-、-2-、-3-、-4-或己-5-烯基、庚-1-、-2-、-3-、-4-、-5-或庚-6-烯基、辛-1-、-2-、-3-、-4-、-5-、-6-或辛-7-烯基、壬-1-、-2-、-3-、-4-、-5-、-6-、-7-或壬-8-烯基、癸-1-、-2-、-3-、-4-、-5-、-6-、-7-、-8-或癸-9-烯基。 若上述基團中之一者為烷基,其中的一個CH2 基已經-O-置換及一個CH2 基已經-CO-置換,則其等較佳係相鄰。因此,其等包含醯氧基-CO-O-或氧基羰基-O-CO-。其等較佳係直鏈且具有2至6個碳原子。 因此,其等特定言之為乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、丁醯氧基、戊醯氧基、己醯氧基、乙醯氧基甲基、丙醯氧基甲基、丁醯氧基甲基、戊醯氧基甲基、2-乙醯氧基乙基、2-丙醯氧基乙基、2-丁醯氧基乙基、3-乙醯氧基丙基、3-丙醯氧基丙基、4-乙醯氧基丁基、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、戊氧基羰基、甲氧基羰基甲基、乙氧基羰基甲基、丙氧基羰基甲基、丁氧基羰基甲基、2-(甲氧基羰基)乙基、2-(乙氧基羰基)乙基、2-(丙氧基羰基)乙基、3-(甲氧基羰基)丙基、3-(乙氧基羰基)丙基或4-(甲氧基羰基)丁基。 若上述基團中之一者為烷基,其中的一個CH2 基已經未經取代或經取代之-CH=CH-置換及一個相鄰的CH2 基已經CO、CO-O或O-CO置換,則該烷基可係直鏈或分支鏈。其較佳係直鏈且具有4至13個碳原子。因此,其特定言之為丙烯醯氧基甲基、2-丙烯醯氧基乙基、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基、4-丙烯醯氧基丁基、5-丙烯醯氧基戊基、6-丙烯醯氧基己基、7-丙烯醯氧基庚基、8-丙烯醯氧基辛基、9-丙烯醯氧基壬基、10-丙烯醯氧基癸基、甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基、4-甲基丙烯醯氧基丁基、5-甲基丙烯醯氧基戊基、6-甲基丙烯醯氧基己基、7-甲基丙烯醯氧基庚基、8-甲基丙烯醯氧基辛基或9-甲基丙烯醯氧基壬基。 若上述基團中之一者為經CN或CF3 單取代之烷基或烯基,則該基團較佳係直鏈。CN或CF3 之取代係在任何位置。 若上述基團中之一者為至少經鹵素單取代之烷基或烯基,則該基團較佳係直鏈及鹵素較佳為F或Cl,更佳係F。就多取代而言,鹵素較佳為F。所得基團亦包括全氟化基團。就單取代而言,氟或氯取代基可在任何所需位置,但較佳係在w-位置。 包含分支鏈基團之化合物有時可能具重要性,此歸因於在一些習知液晶基礎材料中之較佳溶解度之故。然而,其等在具光學上活性情況下特別適於用作對掌性摻雜劑。 此類分支鏈基團通常不含超過一個的鏈分支。較佳之分支鏈基團為異丙基、2-丁基(=1-甲基丙基)、異丁基(=2-甲基丙基)、2-甲基丁基、異戊基(=3-甲基丁基)、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、2-乙基己基、2-丙基戊基、異丙氧基、2-甲基丙氧基、2-甲基丁氧基、3-甲基丁氧基、2-甲基戊氧基、3-甲基戊氧基、2-乙基己氧基、1-甲基己氧基或1-甲基庚氧基。 若上述基團中之一者為烷基,其中的兩個或更多個CH2 基已經-O-及/或-CO-O-置換,則其可係直鏈或分支鏈。其較佳係分支鏈且具有3至12個碳原子。因此,其特定言之為雙羧基甲基、2,2-雙羧基乙基、3,3-雙羧基丙基、4,4-雙羧基丁基、5,5-雙羧基戊基、6,6-雙羧基己基、7,7-雙羧基庚基、8,8-雙羧基辛基、9,9-雙羧基壬基、10,10-雙羧基癸基、雙(甲氧基羰基)甲基、2,2-雙(甲氧基羰基)乙基、3,3-雙(甲氧基羰基)丙基、4,4-雙(甲氧基羰基)丁基、5,5-雙(甲氧基羰基)戊基、6,6-雙(甲氧基羰基)己基、7,7-雙(甲氧基羰基)庚基、8,8-雙(甲氧基羰基)辛基、雙(乙氧基羰基)甲基、2,2-雙(乙氧基羰基)乙基、3,3-雙(乙氧基羰基)丙基、4,4-雙(乙氧基羰基)丁基或5,5-雙(乙氧基羰基)戊基。 根據本發明之LC介質較佳具有介於-10℃與+70℃之間之向列相範圍。該LC介質甚至更適宜地可具有介於-20℃與+80℃之間之向列相範圍。當根據本發明之LC介質具有介於-20℃與+90℃之間之向列相範圍時,甚至更有利。 根據本發明之LC介質較佳具有Dn ³ 0.15,更佳地Dn為³ 0.20,且最佳地Dn為³ 0.25之雙折射率。 根據本發明之LC介質較佳具有介電各向異性De ³ +10,更佳De³ +15,及最佳De³ +20。 根據本發明之LC介質較佳且有利地展現高可靠性及高電阻率(亦稱為比電阻率(SR))。根據本發明之LC介質之SR值較佳為³1x1013 W cm,極佳為³1x1014 W cm。除非另有描述,否則SR之測量係如在G. Weber等人,Liquid Crystals 5,1381 (1989)中所述進行。 根據本發明之LC介質亦較佳且有利地展現高電壓保持比(VHR),參見S. Matsumoto等人,Liquid Crystals 5,1320 (1989);K. Niwa等人,Proc.SID Conference,San Francisco,1984年6月,第304頁(1984);T. Jacob及U. Finkenzeller,「Merck Liquid Crystals - Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals」,1997。根據本發明之LC介質之VHR較佳為³85%,更佳係³90%,及甚至更佳係³95%。除非另有描述,否則VHR之測量係如在T. Jacob,U. Finkenzeller,「Merck Liquid Crystals - Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals」,1997中所述進行。 本文中,除非另有明確闡明,否則所有濃度以重量百分比給出且係關於各自的完整混合物,然而,不包括如上所示之水溶劑或水相。 所有溫度以攝氏度(攝氏溫度,℃)給出及所有溫差以攝氏度給出。除非另作敘述,否則藉由一般已知方法,特定言之根據「Merck Liquid Crystals, Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals」,Status,1997年11月,Merck KGaA,德國來測定所有物理性質及物化或電光參數並針對於20℃之溫度給出。 上下文中,Dn表示光學各向異性,其中Dn=ne -no ,且Dε表示介電各向異性,其中Dε=e÷÷ -e^ 。於20℃及1 kHz下測定介電各向異性Dε。於20℃及589.3 nm之波長下測定光學各向異性Dn。 根據本發明之化合物之De及Dn值及旋轉黏度(γ1 )係藉由自由5%至10%之根據本發明之各自化合物及90%至95%之市售液晶混合物ZLI-2857或ZLI-4792(兩種混合物均來自Merck KGaA)組成的液晶混合物線性外推得到。 除了常用且熟知的縮寫之外,使用以下縮寫:C:結晶相;N:向列相;Sm:層列相;I:各向同性相。該等符號之間的數值顯示所關注物質之轉變溫度。 在本發明且尤其係在以下實例中,藉由縮寫(亦稱為首字母縮寫詞)指示該等液晶原化合物之結構。在此等首字母縮寫詞中,使用下表A至C將化學式縮寫如下。所有基團Cn H2n+1 、Cm H2m+1 及Cl H2l+1 或Cn H2n-1 、Cm H2m-1 及Cl H2l-1 分別表示各自具有n個、m個及l個C原子之直鏈烷基或烯基,較佳係1-E-烯基。表A列舉用於該等化合物之核心結構之環元素之代碼,而表B顯示連接基。表C提供針對左手或右手末端基團之代碼之定義。首字母縮寫詞係由針對具有可選連接基之環元素之代碼、其後之第一連字號及針對左手末端基團之代碼及第二連字號及針對右手末端基團之代碼組成。表D顯示說明性化合物結構及其各自的縮寫。 A :環元素 B :連接基 C :端基 其中n及m各表示整數,且三點「…」係此表中其他縮寫之預留位置。 下表顯示說明性結構及其各自的縮寫。顯示此等以說明縮寫規則的定義。其等另外表示可較佳使用的化合物。 D :說明性結構 其中n、m、l及z較佳彼此獨立地表示1至7。 下表顯示可用作根據本發明液晶原介質中之額外穩定劑之說明性化合物。 E 表E顯示可添加至根據本發明之LC介質之可能的穩定劑,其中n表示1至12之整數,較佳地1、2、3、4、5、6、7或8,未顯示末端甲基。 該LC介質較佳包含0至10重量%,特定言之1 ppm至5重量%,尤佳1 ppm至1重量%之穩定劑。 下表F顯示可較佳用作根據本發明液晶原介質中之對掌性摻雜劑之說明性化合物。 F 在本發明之一個較佳實施例中,該液晶原介質包含一或多種選自顯示於表F中之化合物之化合物。 根據本發明之液晶原介質較佳包含兩種或更多種,較佳四種或更多種選自顯示於上表D至F中之化合物之化合物。 根據本發明之LC介質較佳包含三種或更多種,更佳五種或更多種顯示於表D中之化合物。 以下實例僅說明本發明及其等不應被視為以任何方式限制本發明之範疇。熟習此項技術者根據本發明當可明白實例及其修改或其他等效物。實例 在實例中, Vo 表示臨限電壓,電容[V],在20℃下, ne 表示在20℃及589 nm下之非尋常折射率, no 表示在20℃及589 nm下之尋常折射率, Dn 表示在20℃及589 nm下之光學各向異性, e÷÷ 表示在20℃及1 kHz下與指向矢平行之介電電容率, e^ 表示在20℃及1 kHz下與指向矢垂直之介電電容率, De 表示在20℃及1 kHz下之介電各向異性, cl.p.,T(N,I) 表示澄清點[℃], g1 表示在20℃[mPa×s]下測得的旋轉黏度,藉由旋轉法在磁場中進行測定, K1 表示在20℃下之「延展」變形的彈性常數[pN], K2 表示在20℃下之「扭轉」變形的彈性常數[pN], K3 表示在20℃下之「彎曲」變形的彈性常數[pN], 除非另有明確指示,否則用於本發明的術語「臨限電壓」係關於電容臨限值(V0 )。在該等實例中,如通常,光學臨限值亦可指示10%相對對比度(V10 )。參考實例 1 製備液晶混合物B-1且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-1 參考實例 2 製備液晶混合物B-2且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-2 參考實例 3 製備液晶混合物B-3且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-3 參考實例 4 製備液晶混合物B-4且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-4 參考實例 5 製備液晶混合物B-5且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-5 參考實例 6 製備液晶混合物B-6且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-6 參考實例 7 製備液晶混合物B-7且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-7 參考實例 8 製備液晶混合物B-8且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-8 參考實例 9 製備液晶混合物B-9且在就其一般物理性質而言進行表徵,其組成及性質如下表所示。 基礎混合物B-9 實例 1 奈米膠囊之製備 稱取LC混合物B-1 (1.00 g)、十六烷(175 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(40 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(300 mg)放入至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® L23 (50 mg) (來自Sigma Aldrich)放入至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,將該混合物在超音波浴中超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® L23界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBN (35 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有213 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。添加劑之添加 將來自所得奈米膠囊樣品之兩個各自包含0.21 g奈米膠囊於20 ml溶液中之部分分別添加至離心管。 在離心管中,將0.01 g Brij® L23及Triton X-100 (Sigma Aldrich)分別添加至0.1 ml水中。在離心管中,將0.01 g Brij® L4 (Sigma Aldrich)及TEGO® Wet 270 (來自Evonik)分別添加至0.1 ml異丙醇(IPA)。將所得奈米膠囊樣品(0.21 g)之20 ml部分添加至該等分別包含添加劑之四個離心管。 將該六個離心管置於輥上48小時。 然後,藉由離心濃縮各自的粒子懸浮液,其中將該等離心管置於離心機(ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos)中且在6,500 rpm下離心10分鐘且接著在15,000 rpm下離心20分鐘。將所得顆粒物分別再分散於1 ml上清液中。30% 固體含量 PVA 黏合劑之製備 首先,在Soxhlet裝置中洗滌PVA (PVA之分子量Mw :31k;已水解88%) 3天以移除離子。 將46.66 g去離子水添加至150 ml瓶,新增大磁性攪拌棒及將該瓶置於50℃攪拌器熱板上且使其達到該溫度。稱取20.00 g固體經洗滌之31k PVA放入燒杯中。在瓶中建立渦流及歷時約5分鐘漸漸地添加31k PVA,停止以使浮動PVA分散至混合物中。使熱板轉至90℃且繼續攪拌2至3小時。在80℃下,將該瓶置於烘箱中20小時。在仍舊溫暖時透過50 μm布濾器在0.5 bar之空氣壓力下過濾該混合物。改用Millipore 5 μm SVPP過濾器替代該過濾器及重複過濾。 藉由使用DSC微量天平稱取空DSC盤重量,添加約40 mg黏合劑混合物至該DSC盤及記錄質量,將該盤置於60℃熱板上1小時,接著置於110℃熱板上10分鐘,從該熱板移除該盤且使其冷卻,記錄乾盤之質量,及計算固體含量,來測量經過濾之黏合劑之固體含量3次並計算平均值。複合系統之製備 在一開始時亦及在膜形成之後,藉由顯微鏡檢查所得六個奈米膠囊樣品之不想要的凝集或塊集。測量各經濃縮奈米膠囊懸浮液之固體含量,其中測量各樣品之固體含量3次並計算平均值。使用DSC微量天平於空DSC盤中稱取樣品,其中將各樣品添加至DSC盤且記錄質量。將該盤置於60℃熱板上1小時,接著置於110℃熱板上10分鐘。從熱板移去該盤且使其冷卻。記錄乾盤之質量,及計算固體含量。 將製得的PVA添加至個別經濃縮奈米膠囊樣品,其中將約30%經洗滌31k PVA混合物添加於2.5 ml小瓶中,且接著將個別奈米膠囊添加至該等小瓶。PVA與膠囊之重量比為50:50。添加去離子水以得到20%之總固體含量。使用渦旋攪拌器攪拌該混合物及使該等混合物留在輥上過夜以允許PVA分散。基板上之膜製備 所使用的基板為IPS (平面內切換)玻璃,其具有電極寬度為4 μm及間隙為8 μm之經ITO塗佈之指叉型電極。將該等基板置於托架及塑料盒中以進行洗滌。添加去離子水及將該等樣品置於超音波儀中10分鐘。從水中移走該等基板及用紙巾吸乾以移除過量的水。用丙酮、2-丙醇(IPA)及最後水重複洗滌以用於離子層析。然後,使用壓縮空氣槍將該等基板乾燥。用UV-臭氧處理該等基板10分鐘。 然後,將包含各奈米膠囊及黏合劑之六個複合系統各者塗佈於基板上。使用塗佈機(K Control Coater,RK PrintCoat Instruments,利用k棒1進行棒涂,塗佈速度為7),將40 µL混合物塗佈成膜。於熱板上在60℃下乾燥該樣品10分鐘,加蓋以防止通風及阻止污染物落到膜上。記錄膜外觀。在測量之間,將所製得的膜儲存於乾燥箱中。 藉由用刮鬚刀從電接點上方移去膜,來測量膜厚度。在中間電極區中,使用表面輪廓儀(Dektak XT表面輪廓儀,Bruker),以5 mg之觸針力及3000 nm之掃描長度及30秒之時間,測量膜厚度。電光性質之測量 用眼睛檢查各膜外觀的均勻度及缺陷。將兩個電極焊接至玻璃。使用動態掃描模式(DSM)測量電壓-透射率曲線。 使用顯微鏡,在0%或分別10%及90%透射率之所需電壓下,記錄黑暗及明亮狀態之影像。 在40℃及25℃下於150 Hz調變頻率下及亦視需要在10 Hz下,測量切換速度。 所製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜之測得的電光參數提供於下表中。在該實例及以下實例中,在V50 下判定滯後。 於顯示器測量系統(Autronic-Melchers)上測定顯示於下表中之電光性質,其中將背光強度視作100%透射率T及將介於交叉偏振器之間的黑暗狀態視作0%透射率T及其中在1 kHz及24℃下進行切換。 在優點中,特定言之經改良之黑暗狀態及經減小之滯後,發現該等添加劑可適宜地貢獻於減小操作電壓。實例 2 稱取LC混合物B-1 (1.00 g)、十六烷(175 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(40 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(300 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® 58 (50 mg) (Sigma-Aldrich)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® 58界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 然後,如以上在實例1中所述進一步處理並研究該混合物。實例 3 稱取LC混合物B-1 (2.01 g)、十六烷(358 mg)、二甲基丙烯酸乙二酯(597 mg)、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(80 mg)及甲基丙烯酸甲酯(190 mg)至400 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® 58 (100 mg)至400 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(250 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合10分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AAPH (20 mg)後,加熱至73℃持續四小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定之230 nm之平均尺寸及0.051之多分散性。 在進一步使用前濃縮該樣品。藉由使該樣品在100 ml/分鐘之流速下通過叉流過濾裝置(Vivaflow 200,來自Sartorius,膜具有100,000 Da截止分子量)實施此濃縮,直到體積減少一半。然後,將該樣品轉移至具有真空適合的蓋之儲器且使用相同裝置用450 ml水及Brij® 58 (200 mg)製成之溶液洗滌。 在洗滌樣品之後,以濃縮模式操作該設備且以100 ml/分鐘繼續進行直到其達到最小體積。藉由過濾裝置移除該樣品且其適合進一步使用。 測得該樣品之固體含量為19%。 然後,如實例1中所述製備具有黏合劑及塗層膜之複合系統,其中,然而,膠囊與PVA之重量比為60:40。 經塗佈之樣品具有41 V之V90 及1.25%之黑暗狀態透射率。實例 4 奈米膠囊之製備 稱取LC混合物B-8 (1.00 g)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(165 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(75 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(660 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® L23 (150 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® L23界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBN (35 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有167 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。添加劑之添加 將含在20 ml溶液中之來自所得奈米膠囊樣品之一部分0.40 g奈米膠囊添加至離心管。 在離心管中,將0.019 g Triton X-100添加至0.1 ml水。在離心管中,將0.019 g Brij® L4、0.019 g FluorN 561 (來自Cytonix)及0.019 g TEGO® Wet 270分別添加至0.1 ml異丙醇(IPA)。將所得奈米膠囊樣品(0.40 g)之20 ml部分添加至該等分別包含添加劑之四個離心管。 將該五個離心管置於輥上48小時。 然後,藉由離心濃縮各自粒子懸浮液,其中將該等離心管置於離心機(ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos)中且在6,500 rpm下離心10分鐘且在15,000 rpm下離心20分鐘。將所得顆粒物分別再分散於0.7 ml上清液中。PVA 黏合劑及複合系統之製備及基板上膜製備 如實例1中所述製備PVA黏合劑、複合系統及膜。電光性質之測量 用眼睛檢查各膜外觀的均勻度及缺陷。將兩個電極焊接至玻璃。使用動態掃描模式(DSM)測量電壓-透射率曲線。 使用顯微鏡,在0%或分別10%及90%透射率之所需電壓下,記錄黑暗及明亮狀態之影像。 在40℃及25℃下於150 Hz調變頻率下及亦視需要在10 Hz下,測量切換速度。 所製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜之測得的電光參數提供於下表中。 於顯示器測量系統(Autronic-Melchers)上測定顯示於下表中之電光性質,其中將背光強度視作100%透射率T及將介於交叉偏振器之間的黑暗狀態視作0%透射率T及其中在1 kHz及24℃下進行切換。 在優點中,特定言之經改良之黑暗狀態及減小之滯後,發現該等添加劑可適宜地貢獻於減小操作電壓。實例 5 奈米膠囊之製備 稱取LC混合物B-1 (6.00 g)、十六烷(300 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(225 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(510 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(2000 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® L23 (450 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® L23界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBN (75 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有173 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。 藉由離心濃縮所得的奈米粒子懸浮液,其中將該等離心管置於離心機(ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos)中且在6,500 rpm下離心10分鐘及在15,000 rpm下離心20分鐘。添加劑之添加 將0.32 g所得顆粒物再分散於1 ml上清液中並置於2.5 ml玻璃瓶中。 將0.01 g Brij® L23、Triton X-100、TEGO® Wet 270及FluorN 322分別添加至2.5 ml玻璃瓶內的0.99 g丙酮。然後在熱板上於40℃下蒸發丙酮10分鐘。將所得奈米膠囊(0.32 g)之1 ml部分添加至分別包含添加劑之四個2.5 ml玻璃瓶。 將該五個玻璃管置於輥上48小時。PVA 黏合劑及複合系統之製備及基板上膜製備 如針對實例1所述製備PVA黏合劑、複合系統及膜。電光性質之測定 用眼睛檢查各膜外觀的均勻度及缺陷。將兩個電極焊接至玻璃。使用動態掃描模式(DSM)測量電壓-透射率曲線。 使用顯微鏡,在0%或分別10%及90%透射率之所需電壓下,記錄黑暗及明亮狀態之影像。 在40℃及25℃下於150 Hz調變頻率下及亦視需要在10 Hz下,測量切換速度。 所製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜之測得的電光參數提供於下表中。 於顯示器測量系統(Autronic-Melchers)上測定顯示於下表中之電光性質,其中將背光強度視作100%透射率T及將介於交叉偏振器之間的黑暗狀態視作0%透射率T及其中在1 kHz及24℃下進行切換。 在優點中,特定言之經改良之黑暗狀態及經減小之滯後,發現該等添加劑可適宜地貢獻於減小操作電壓。實例 6 奈米膠囊之製備 稱取LC混合物B-1 (1.00 g)、十六烷(179 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(102 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(40 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(303 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® L23 (50 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® L23界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBN (35 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有167 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。 藉由離心濃縮所得的奈米粒子懸浮液,其中將該等離心管置於離心機(ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos)中且在6,500 rpm下離心10分鐘及在15,000 rpm下離心20分鐘。PVA 黏合劑之製備 如針對實例1所述製備PVA黏合劑。複合系統之製備 將含在1.5 ml溶液中之0.22 g所製得奈米膠囊及含在1.2 ml水溶液中之0.33 g所製得PVA混合以得到60:40之PVA與膠囊之重量比。 使用渦旋攪拌器攪拌該混合物及使該等混合物留在輥上過夜以允許PVA分散。 從該混合物製備三個單獨部分。將該等部分中之一者用於膜形成,無需進一步添加添加劑,另兩部分如下添加添加劑。添加劑之添加 將含在0.02 g丙酮中之0.2 mLTEGO® Wet 270及含在0.02 g異丙醇(IPA)中之0.2 mL TEGO® Wet 280 (來自Evonik)分別添加至單獨瓶中。在接下來的24小時蒸發溶劑。將所製得的PVA及奈米膠囊混合物之0.20 g部分添加至各瓶。 將包含TEGO® Wet 270或各TEGO® Wet 280之混合物進一步混合24小時。基板上膜製備 如針對實例1所述製備膜。電光性質之測量 用眼睛檢查各膜外觀的均勻度及缺陷。將兩個電極焊接至玻璃。使用動態掃描模式(DSM)測量電壓-透射率曲線。 使用顯微鏡,在0%或分別10%及90%透射率之所需電壓下,記錄黑暗及明亮狀態之影像。 在40℃及25℃下於150 Hz調變頻率下及亦視需要在10 Hz下,測量切換速度。 所製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜之測得的電光參數提供於下表中。 於顯示器測量系統(Autronic-Melchers)上測定顯示於下表中之電光性質,其中將背光強度視作100%透射率T及將介於交叉偏振器之間的黑暗狀態視作0%透射率T及其中在1 kHz及24℃下進行切換。 在優點中,特定言之經改良之黑暗狀態及經減小之滯後,發現該等添加劑可適宜地貢獻於減小操作電壓。實例 7 14 替代B-1,如以上在實例1中所述分別處理LC混合物B-2、B-3、B-4、B-5、B-6、B-7、B-8及B-9,以製備奈米膠囊、具有黏合劑之複合系統及經塗佈之膜。實例 15 如以上在實例1中所述處理LC混合物B-1以製備奈米膠囊、具有黏合劑之複合系統及經塗佈之膜,其中分別改用1,4-戊二醇(實例15.1)、十二烷(實例15.2)或十四烷(實例15.3)替代十六烷。實例 16 稱取LC混合物B-3 (1.0 g)、二甲基丙烯酸乙二酯(0.34 g)、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(0.07 g)及十六烷(0.25 g)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 如以上在實例1中所述處理並研究該混合物。實例 17 稱取LC混合物B-1 (2.66 g)、十六烷(0.66 g)及甲基丙烯酸甲酯(3.30 g)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 如以上在實例4中所述處理並研究該混合物。實例 18 奈米膠囊之製備 比較例 18.1 稱取LC混合物B-1 (1.00 g)、十六烷(175 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(40 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(300 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® L23 (50 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBN (35 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有167 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。 藉由離心濃縮所得的奈米粒子懸浮液,其中將該等離心管置於離心機(ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos)中且在6,500 rpm下離心10分鐘及在15,000 rpm下離心20分鐘。在容納約40 mL經濃縮奈米膠囊之DSC盤中,在40℃下於熱板上持續10分鐘,測量固體含量三次。實例 18.2 18.3 18.4 重複如針對比較例18.1所述之奈米膠囊之製備,其中然而,除了Brij® L23 (50 mg)外,分別稱取50 mg TEGO® Wet 270 (實例18.2)、50 mg Triton X-100 (實例18.3)或50 mg Brij® L4 (實例18.4)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中。PVA 黏合劑之製備 如針對實例1所述製備PVA黏合劑。複合系統之製備 將包含15重量%所製得各奈米膠囊之0.5 g經離心懸浮液與PVA混合以得到60:40之PVA與膠囊之重量比。 使用渦旋攪拌器攪拌該四種混合物及使該等混合物留在輥上過夜。基板上膜製備 如針對實例1所述製備膜。電光性質之測定 用眼睛檢查各膜外觀的均勻度及缺陷。將兩個電極焊接至玻璃。使用動態掃描模式(DSM)測量電壓-透射率曲線。 使用顯微鏡,在0%或分別10%及90%透射率之所需電壓下,記錄黑暗及明亮狀態之影像。 在40℃及25℃下於150 Hz調變頻率下及亦視需要在10 Hz下,測量切換速度。 所製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜之測得的電光參數提供於下表中。 於顯示器測量系統(Autronic-Melchers)上測定顯示於下表中之電光性質,其中將背光強度視作100%透射率T及將介於交叉偏振器之間的黑暗狀態視作0%透射率T及其中在1 kHz及24℃下進行切換。 在優點中,特定言之經改良之黑暗狀態及經減小之滯後,發現該等添加劑可適宜地貢獻於減小操作電壓。實例 19 稱取LC混合物B1 (2.00 g)、1,4-戊二醇(102 mg)、二甲基丙烯酸乙二酯(658 mg)、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(77 mg)及甲基丙烯酸甲酯(162 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® L23(100 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(100 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合10分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液循環通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機持續八分鐘。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AAPH (20 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續四小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有180 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。 然後,如實例1中所述進一步處理所得樣品。實例 20 稱取LC混合物B-9 (2.00 g)、十六烷(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(130 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(198 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。 稱取Brij® L23 (300 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(100 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® L23界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBA (20 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有129 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。添加劑之添加 將來自所得奈米膠囊樣品之包含0.28 g奈米膠囊於20 ml溶液中之一部分添加至離心管。 在離心管中,將0.01 g Triton X-100添加至0.1 ml水。在離心管中,將0.01 g Brij® L4、0.01 g FluorN 322及0.01g TEGO® Wet 270分別添加至0.1 ml異丙醇(IPA)。將所得奈米膠囊樣品(0.28 g)之20 ml部分添加至該等分別包含添加劑之四個離心管。 將該五個離心管置於輥上48小時。 然後,藉由離心濃縮各自粒子懸浮液,其中將該等離心管置於離心機(ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos)中且在6,500 rpm下離心10分鐘及在15,000 rpm下離心20分鐘。將所得顆粒物分別再分散於0.7 ml上清液中。PVA 黏合劑及複合系統之製備及基板上膜製備 如實例1所述製備PVA黏合劑、複合系統及膜。電光性質之測量 用眼睛檢查各膜外觀的均勻度及缺陷。將兩個電極焊接至玻璃。使用動態掃描模式(DSM)測量電壓-透射率曲線。 使用顯微鏡,在0%或分別10%及90%透射率之所需電壓下,記錄黑暗及明亮狀態之影像。 在40℃及25℃下於150 Hz調變頻率下及亦視需要在10 Hz下,測量切換速度。 所製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜之測得的電光參數提供於下表中。 於顯示器測量系統(Autronic-Melchers)上測定顯示於下表中之電光性質,其中將背光強度視作100%透射率T及將介於交叉偏振器之間的黑暗狀態視作0%透射率T及其中在1 kHz及24℃下進行切換。 在優點中,特定言之經改良之黑暗狀態,發現該等添加劑可適宜地貢獻於減小操作電壓。實例 21 分別稱取LC混合物B-1 (1.00 g)、十六烷(175 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(40 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(300 mg)至四個250 ml高型燒杯之各者中。 稱取Brij® L23 (50 mg)至第一250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。將Brij® L23(50 mg)、水(150 g)及各Brij® L4 (50 mg)、TEGO® Wet 270 (50 mg)或Triton X-100 (50 mg)添加至再三個250 ml錐形燒瓶中。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將該四種水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之四個燒杯中。將該等混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,分別使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該四種混合物分別加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBA (20 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對所得各物質進行尺寸分析。 所得的比較例21.1 (僅Brij® L23)之膠囊具有129 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。所得的實例21.2 (額外Brij® L4)之膠囊具有192 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。所得的實例21.3 (額外TEGO® Wet 270)之膠囊具有200 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。所得的實例21.4 (額外Triton X-100)之膠囊具有180 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。 然後,如比較例1.1中所述製備包含四種奈米膠囊樣品之複合系統及膜。 如實例1中所述測量電光性質。所製得的包含奈米膠囊及黏合劑之膜之測得的電光參數提供於下表中。 在其他優點中,特定言之經改良之黑暗狀態及經減小之滯後,發現該等添加劑可適宜地貢獻於減小操作電壓。實例 22 如以上在實例1中所述處理LC混合物B-1以製備奈米膠囊、具有黏合劑之複合系統及經塗佈之膜,其中,分別改用100 mg十六烷及75 mg 1,5-二甲基四氫萘(實例22.1)、100 mg十六烷及75 mg 3-苯氧基甲苯(實例22.2)、100 mg十六烷及75 mg環己烷(實例22.3)或100 mg十六烷及75 mg 5-羥基-2-戊酮(實例22.4)替代175 mg十六烷。實例 23 稱取LC混合物B-1 (1.00 g)、十六烷(125 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(40 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(300 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。此外,添加50 mgPEG甲醚甲基丙烯酸酯。 稱取Brij® L23 (50 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,將該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® L23界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBA (20 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有211 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。 然後,如比較例1.1中所述製備包含奈米膠囊樣品之複合系統及膜。 如實例1中所述測量電光性質。所製得膜(3.42 µm)之測得的電光參數為:V90 =51.5 V;在V90 下之T=13.8%;在V0 下之T=1.07%;滯後=1.1 V。實例 24 稱取LC混合物B-1 (1.00 g)、十六烷(100 mg)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(16 mg)、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯(89 mg)及二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯(250 mg)至250 ml高型燒杯中。此外,添加100 mg甲基丙烯酸硬脂酯。 稱取Brij® L23 (75 mg)至250 ml錐形燒瓶中且添加水(150 g)。然後,使該混合物超音波處理5至10分鐘。 將Brij® L23界面活性劑水溶液直接倒入至裝納有機物之燒杯中。將該混合物在10,000 rpm下經turrax混合5分鐘。一旦turrax混合完成,使粗乳液通過在30,000 psi下之高壓均質機四次。 將該混合物加至燒瓶中且安裝冷凝器,及於添加AIBA (20 mg)後,加熱至70℃持續三小時。使反應混合物冷卻,過濾,且接著在Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS)儀器上對該材料進行尺寸分析。 所得膠囊具有178 nm之平均尺寸,藉由動態光散射(DLS)分析(Zetasizer)測定。 然後,如比較例1.1中所述製備包含奈米膠囊樣品之複合系統及膜。 如實例1中所述測量電光性質。所製得膜(4.70 µm)之測得的電光參數為:V90 =64.5 V;在V90 下之T=14.3%;在V0 下之T=0.59%;滯後=4.8 V。Without limiting the present invention, the present invention will be described in the following through detailed descriptions of aspects, embodiments, and specific features, and specific embodiments will be described in more detail. The term "liquid crystal" (LC) refers to a material or medium with a liquid crystal mesophase in certain temperature ranges (thermally oriented LC) or a material or medium with a liquid crystal mesophase in some concentration ranges in a solution (lyotropic type LC). These include mesogen compounds. The terms "liquid crystal compound" and "liquid crystal compound" mean containing one or more rod-shaped (rod- or plate / strip-shaped) or disc-type (disk-type) mesogen groups (i.e., having a liquid crystal phase or intermediate) Phase acting ability). The LC compounds or materials and the mesogen compounds or materials containing mesogen groups need not necessarily exhibit a liquid crystal phase by themselves. These may also exhibit liquid crystal phase behavior only when forming a mixture with other compounds. The compound includes a low molecular weight non-reactive liquid crystal compound, a reactive or polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a liquid crystal polymer. The rod-shaped protolysic compound usually contains a liquid crystal pronucleus composed of one or more aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic groups connected directly to each other or through a bonding group, and optionally includes an End groups, and optionally one or more side groups attached to the long side chain of the liquid crystal pronucleus, wherein the end groups and side groups are usually selected from, for example, carbon or hydrocarbon groups, polar groups (such as halogen , Nitro, hydroxyl, etc.), or a polymerizable group. For the sake of brevity, the term "liquid crystal" material or medium is used in both cases of the liquid crystal material or medium and the liquid crystal raw material or medium and vice versa, and the term "liquid crystal group" is used in the liquid crystal group of the material. The term "non- mesogen compound or material" means a compound or material that does not contain a mesogen group as defined above. As used herein, the term "polymer" is understood to mean a molecule that includes a backbone of one or more different types of repeating units (the smallest structural unit of a molecule) and includes the well-known terms "oligomers", "copolymers" Substance "," homopolymer "and the like. In addition, it should be clear that the term polymer contains, in addition to the polymer itself, residues from the initiator, catalyst and other elements involved in the synthesis of the polymer, where these residues should be understood as non-covalently incorporated therein. In addition, although these residues and other elements are usually removed during the post-polymerization purification process, they are usually mixed or co-mixed with the polymer so that they are transferred between containers or solvents or dispersion media. It is generally held with the polymer. As used in the present invention, the term "(meth) acrylic polymer" includes polymers obtained from acrylic monomers, polymers obtainable from methacrylic monomers, and corresponding monomers obtainable from such monomers. The resulting copolymer is a mixture. The term "polymerization" means a chemical process of forming a polymer by bonding together a plurality of polymerizable groups or polymer precursors (polymerizable compounds) containing the polymerizable groups. A polymerizable compound having one polymerizable group is also called a "single-reactive" compound, a compound having two polymerizable groups is called a "direactive" compound, and a compound having more than two polymerizable groups is called Is a "multi-reactive" compound. Compounds without a polymerizable group are also referred to as "non-reactive or non-polymerizable" compounds. The terms "film" and "layer" include rigid or flexible, more or less significant mechanical stability, self-supporting or independent films or layers, and coatings or layers on or between supporting substrates. Visible light is electromagnetic radiation having a wavelength in the range of about 400 nm to about 745 nm. Ultraviolet (UV) light is electromagnetic radiation having a wavelength in a range from about 200 nm to about 400 nm. It has surprisingly been found that the use of additives and surfactants in the preparation of nanocapsules and films containing nanocapsules and the incorporation of these additives in products can lead to a reduction in the operating voltage of these products in electro-optical applications. At the same time, other product characteristics can be maintained or even improved, such as suitable dark state, film-forming ability, low hysteresis, good VHR, suitable refractive index matching, and sufficient transparency and transmission. Advantageously, the addition of additives in addition to one of the surfactants as described in (b) above may be at different stages of the manufacturing process or, or in addition, specifically, during capsule formation and processing, capsule processing and Before and during concentration, and even during or after film formation with the adhesive material. In addition, even in the presence of aqueous systems or the environment, the addition of this process and additives can provide suitable performance and suitable results. In a first aspect, the present invention relates to a method for preparing nano particles, wherein a composition comprising a mesogen and one or more polymerizable compounds as described above and below is provided, and one of them is then used The surfactant disperses the composition in the aqueous phase in the form of nano droplets. After the nano-droplets are generated, one or more polymerizable compounds are polymerized such that nano-capsules are obtained, each of which contains a polymeric shell and a core containing a mesogen. The method further includes the addition of one or more additives. In one embodiment, in addition to the surfactant, another additive may be included in the nano-droplet dispersion, that is, before the polymerization is performed. It is also possible in some cases to add one or more additives to the formed nanocapsules, ie, after the polymerization step. In yet another embodiment, additives are added before and after the nanocapsules are formed. Surprisingly, it has been found that according to the present invention, an effective and controlled method can be performed to finally produce nano-sized containers at the nanometer level. These containers are usually spherical or spherical in shape, and they close the LC material. This method uses a dispersion, specifically nanoemulsion, which is also referred to as a microemulsion, in which a nanometer-sized phase system comprising an LC material and a reactive polymerizable compound is dispersed in a suitable dispersion medium. In addition, it has been found that the addition of one or more additives to the nano droplets or the formed nano capsules can further improve or adjust the properties and performance of the nano capsules. Initially, a composition comprising a mesogen and one or more polymerizable compounds is provided. In terms of setting and affecting solubility, solubilizing and / or mixing of organic solvents as needed and preferably are preferably added to the composition, which can, for example, advantageously affect phase separation during polymerization. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the composition as provided in step (a) further comprises one or more organic solvents. The composition is then dispersed in the aqueous phase in the form of nano droplets. It has been found that providing a surfactant before polymerization can advantageously promote the formation and subsequent stabilization of discrete nanodroplets in a dispersion medium (specifically an aqueous dispersion medium), specifically ionic and / or steric stabilization, The nano droplets include an LC medium and a polymerizable compound. Stirring, preferably mechanical agitation, specifically high shear mixing, can suitably produce or further affect dispersions, especially emulsions, and homogenize and also promote the formation of nano droplets. Alternatively, a film emulsification can be used, for example. The mechanical agitation and the provision of a surfactant can therefore play an advantageous role in obtaining nano-droplets and, in turn, nano-sized capsules, specifically nanocapsules having a substantially uniform size distribution or relatively low polydispersity. The dispersed phase exhibits poor solubility in the dispersion medium, which means that it shows low solubility or even is actually insoluble in the dispersion medium forming the continuous phase. Advantageously, water, water-based or aqueous solutions or mixtures are used to form a continuous or external phase. By dispersion, individual nano-droplets are decoupled from one another for subsequent polymerization in such a way that each droplet constitutes a separate nano-sized reaction volume. Aqueous mixtures can be prepared or provided in different ways. In one embodiment, a surfactant solution or mixture preferably contained in water can be prepared and added to a composition comprising a mesogen and a polymerizable compound. Then, the provided aqueous mixture is stirred, specifically mechanically stirred, to obtain nano droplets comprising the polymerizable compound dispersed in the aqueous phase and the LC medium according to the present invention. High shear mixing can be used for agitation or mixing. For example, a highly efficient dispersion device using the rotor-stator principle, such as the commercially available Turrax (IKA), can be used. Depending on the situation, this high-shear mixing can be replaced by ultrasound processing, specifically high-power ultrasound. It is also possible to combine ultrasonic processing and high-shear mixing, among which, preferably, ultrasonic processing is prior to high-shear mixing. The combination of agitation and the provision of a surfactant as described above can advantageously lead to the proper formation and stabilization of a dispersion, in particular an emulsion. Using a high-pressure homogenizer, if necessary and preferably used in addition to the above-mentioned mixing, the droplet size can be further reduced by setting or adjusting and correspondingly, and also by narrowing the droplet size distribution, that is, improving the particle size The uniformity of the nano-dispersion favorably affects the preparation of nano-dispersions, specifically nano-emulsions. Especially preferred when repeating high pressure homogenization, especially several times, such as three, four or five times. For example, a commercially available Microfluidics can be used. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, a high-pressure homogenizer is used in step (b) of the production method according to the present invention. After the nano droplets are generated, one or more polymerizable compounds are polymerized. In this way, nanocapsules containing a polymeric shell and a core containing a mesogen are obtained. Although the preparation of nanocapsules according to the present invention is not limited to this and can also be prepared by other methods, such as by encapsulation with a preformed polymer, agglomeration, solvent evaporation, or by a solute co-diffusion method, In the present invention, it should be recognized that nanocapsules containing LC media can be advantageously prepared by using in-situ polymerization. In addition, it should be recognized that instead of providing ready-made polymers to encapsulate the LC medium, the encapsulation of the nano-scale liquid crystal precursor medium may advantageously be performed in situ from the polymer precursor. Therefore, the use of pre-formed polymers and, in particular, emulsifiers provided with them can be advantageously avoided. In this regard, the use of a given preformed polymer can make the formation and stabilization of nanoemulsions difficult while at the same time it can limit the adjustability of the overall process. The in-situ polymerization method is not particularly limited, and, for example, interfacial polymerization can be used. However, preferably, the in-situ polymerization according to the present invention is specifically based on polymerization-induced phase separation. In the method based on polymerization-induced phase separation according to the present invention, the polymerizable compound is at least partially soluble or separately at least partially dissolved in a phase containing a mesogen, preferably, the one or more polymerizable compounds and The mesogen is intimately mixed, in particular, homogeneously, where the mixture is nanophase separated by polymerization, that is, polymerization-induced phase separation (PIPS). Temperature can be set and adjusted to favorably affect solubility. It should be observed that the LC media provided as described above and below are encapsulated, specifically polymerized, and conditions associated therewith, such as for example from UV lamps with a wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 380 nm Heat or UV light exposure is suitably stable. Considering that it is not necessary to perform polymerization between glass substrates, the selection of the wavelength is advantageously not limited by the UV cutoff of the glass, but can be set, for example, in view of the material properties and stability of the composition. The method of the invention simply utilizes in situ polymerization and is advantageously and preferably based on a combination of polymerization and phase separation, specifically a combination of nanodispersion and PIPS. This method offers significant advantages in terms of providing a controlled and adaptable manufacturing method. Nanocapsules obtained by or separately by this method show suitable and tunable particle size, however, at the same time provide advantageously high particle size uniformity, that is, advantageously low polydispersity, and thus advantageously uniform product nature. It was surprisingly found that setting an appropriate capsule nanometer size while observing and achieving low polydispersity in addition can have a beneficial effect on operating voltage. Considering the controllability and adaptability of the method, the electro-optical parameters of the obtained nanocapsules and the LC medium specifically included therein can be advantageously set and adjusted. The length scale or volume of the transformation or individual separation is set by the size given by the nano-droplet, resulting in polymerization-induced nano-phase separation. In addition, the droplet interface can serve as a template for the encapsulated polymeric shell. The polymer chains or networks that form or begin to form in the nano-droplets can be separated or driven to or accumulated at the interface with the water phase, where the polymerization can proceed first and also stop forming a closed encapsulation layer. In this regard, the shaped or separately formed polymeric shells are substantially immiscible in both the aqueous phase and the LC medium. Thus, in one aspect of the invention, polymerization can ensure that the interface between the aqueous phase and the phase containing the LC medium is promoted and / or continued. In this regard, the interface can act as a diffusion barrier and a reaction site. In addition, the properties of the capsule formation and formation interface (specifically, the structure and building blocks of the polymer) can affect the properties of the material, specifically the LC alignment, for example, by vertical anchoring, anchoring energy in response to an electric field And switching behavior. In one embodiment, the anchoring energy or intensity is reduced to favorably affect electro-optic switching, where, for example, the polymer surface morphology and polarity can be appropriately set and adjusted. In one embodiment, the surfactant used according to step (b) may be at least partially incorporated into the polymeric capsule shell and specifically at the interface with the LC in the capsule interior. These incorporated surfactant molecules at the interface can favorably affect electro-optical performance and reduce operating voltage, in particular, by setting and tuning interface properties and interactions. In one case, the surfactant can favorably affect the alignment of the LC molecules, for example, to promote vertical alignment leading to radial configuration. Additionally or alternatively, the surfactant molecules can affect the morphology and physicochemical properties of the internal polymer surface such that the anchoring strength is reduced. The surfactant provided according to step (b) therefore not only contributes to the advantageous process according to the invention, but it can also provide the benefits in the resulting nanocapsules. In a preferred embodiment, two surfactants or one surfactant and another additive are used in step (b). In this way, several properties, such as size and interface characteristics or alignment, can be adjusted or tuned even more effectively and efficiently. For example, a combination of agents that can contribute individually or together to influence, for example, wettability, solubility, viscosity, polarity, or hydrophobicity can be useful. Likewise, the optional additives additionally provided in step (b) may preferably reside or accumulate at the interface. The combined elements of this method can advantageously lead to the production of many individual, dispersed or separately dispersible nanocapsules, each of which has a polymeric shell and a core containing an LC material, in which the surfactant used can contribute For a favorable low coalescence tendency. In the PIPS method, the properties of the phase separation and the formation of the polymeric shell can be favorably influenced by the polymer chains that are formed or separately formed by cross-linking as required and preferably (specifically, the stability and the relationship with the LC component) Miscibility). However, without this cross-linking, the capsule properties may have been good enough. It should be recognized that the respective miscibility, solubility, and compatibility of the various components or their possible absence (specifically, LC materials, one or more polymerizable compounds and dispersion media, and formed and formed polymers) play a role Important role, specific mixed free energy and mixed interaction ability and mixed entropy. In addition, it should be noted that the encapsulation process is based on polymerization, that is, a specific dynamic process is the formation of potential capsules. In particular, it is currently generally observed that the polymerizable compound used for encapsulation has a suitable miscibility with the LC medium, and the formed capsule shell polymer exhibits a suitably low solubility with the LC material. In the method according to the invention, the polymerization conversion or completion can be surprisingly high and the amount of residual unreacted polymerizable compound is advantageously low. This ensures that the properties and performance of the LC medium in the formed capsules are not affected or only minimally affected by the residual reactive monomers. According to step (c), the dispersed nano-droplet system undergoes polymerization. In particular, the polymerizable compounds contained in the nano-droplets or separately mixed with the nano-droplets are polymerized. Preferably and advantageously, this polymerization results in PIPS. By polymerization, nanocapsules having a core-shell structure as described above and below are formed. The resulting or separately available nanocapsules are usually spherical, substantially spherical or spherical. In this regard, some asymmetric or small deformations can be beneficial, for example in terms of operating voltage. Polymerization in emulsion droplets and at the interface of each droplet can be performed using conventional methods. The polymerization can be performed in one or more steps. In particular, the polymerization of the polymerizable compound in the nano-droplet is preferably achieved by exposure to heat or actinic radiation, where exposure to actinic radiation means irradiation with light, such as UV light, visible light, or IR light Irradiate with X-rays or gamma rays or with high-energy particles such as ions or electrons. In a preferred embodiment, free-radical polymerization is performed. If the polymerization is carried out in more than one step, a shell with more than one layer, for example a shell structure with two layers, can be prepared, with other reactive monomers being provided for other polymerization steps. Depending on the polymer precursor and / or the polymerization conditions in these steps, the shell layers may have different compositions and different properties. For example, a shell with a more lipophilic inner facing layer and a more hydrophilic outer layer facing the external environment (such as an adhesive in a composite film) can be formed. Polymerization can be carried out at a suitable temperature. In one embodiment, the polymerization is performed at a temperature below the clearing point of the mesogen mixture. In an alternative embodiment, however, polymerization can also be performed at or above the clarification point. In one embodiment, the polymerization is performed by heating the emulsion, that is, by thermal polymerization, such as by thermally polymerizing acrylate and / or methacrylate compounds. Especially preferred are thermally initiated free radical polymerization reactive polymerizable precursors, resulting in nano-encapsulation of LC materials. In another embodiment, the polymerization is performed by light radiation, ie, using light, preferably UV light. As for the light source of actinic radiation, for example, a single UV lamp or a group of UV lamps can be used. When high lamp power is used, curing time can be shortened. Another possible source of optical radiation is laser, like for example UV laser, visible laser or IR laser. Suitable and conventionally used thermal or photoinitiators can be added to the composition to facilitate the reaction, such as azo compounds or organic peroxides, such as Luperox-type initiators. In addition, suitable conditions for polymerization and suitable types and amounts of initiators are known in the related art and described in the literature. For example, when polymerized by UV light, a photoinitiator that decomposes under UV irradiation to generate radicals or ions that start the polymerization reaction can be used. For polymerizing an acrylate group or a methacrylate group, a radical photoinitiator is preferably used. For polymerizing vinyl, epoxy or oxetanyl groups, cationic photoinitiators are preferably used. It is also possible to use a thermal polymerization initiator that decomposes upon heating to generate radicals or ions that start polymerization. Typical free radical photoinitiators are, for example, commercially available Irgacure® or Darocure® (Ciba Geigy AG, Basel, Switzerland). A typical cationic photoinitiator is, for example, UVI 6974 (Union Carbide). In one embodiment, an initiator that is sufficiently soluble in nano droplets but is water-insoluble, or at least substantially water-insoluble is used. For example, in the process for preparing nanocapsules, azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be used, and in a specific embodiment, it is further included in the composition according to the present invention. Alternatively or in addition, a water-soluble initiator may be provided, such as, for example, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropylamidamine) dihydrochloride (AIBA). Other additives can also be added. In particular, the polymerizable material may additionally include one or more additives such as, for example, catalysts, sensitizers, stabilizers, inhibitors, and chain transfer agents. For example, the polymerizable material may also include one or more stabilizers or inhibitors to prevent unwanted spontaneous polymerization, such as, for example, the commercially available Irganox® (Ciba Geigy AG, Basel, Switzerland). By adding one or more chain transfer agents to the polymerizable material, the properties of the resulting or separately obtainable polymers can be modified. By using a chain transfer agent, the length of the free polymer chain and / or the length of the polymer chain between two crosslinks in the polymer can be adjusted, where, generally, when the amount of the chain transfer agent is increased, the polymer in the polymer The chain length is reduced. Preferably, the polymerization is performed in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen or argon, more preferably under a heated nitrogen atmosphere. However, it is also possible to carry out the polymerization in air. In addition, it is preferable to perform the polymerization in the presence of an organic solvent, and preferably, the organic solvent is provided in a composition including an LC medium. The use of an organic solvent (such as hexadecane or 1,4-pentanediol) can be advantageous in terms of adjusting the solubility of the reactive compound with the LC medium and stabilizing the nano droplets, and it can also be beneficial in affecting phase separation. However, preferably, the amount of the organic solvent (if used) is limited, generally, less than 25% by weight, more preferably less than 20% by weight, and specifically less than 15% by weight based on the total composition. The formed polymer shell suitably exhibits low solubility with respect to the LC material and water, ie, is substantially insoluble. Furthermore, in this process, the coagulation or individual aggregation of the prepared nanocapsules can be suitably and advantageously restricted or even avoided. It is also preferred to cross-link the shaped polymer or separately formed polymer in the shell. This crosslinking can provide benefits in forming a stable polymeric shell and obtaining proper seal and barrier functionality while maintaining sufficient mechanical flexibility. Therefore, the method according to the present invention can encapsulate and confine the mesogen, while maintaining the electro-optical performance and, in particular, the electrical responsiveness of the LC material. In particular, the composition and process conditions are provided so that the stability of the LC material is maintained. Therefore, LC can exhibit advantageous characteristics in the formed nanocapsules, such as suitable high De, suitable high Dn, favorable high clearing point and low melting point. In particular, in the polymerization, the provided LC material can show suitable and advantageous stability, for example in terms of exposure to heat or UV light. According to the method of the present invention, optionally, and in some cases, step (d) may be preferred, one or more additives are added to the nanocapsules obtained by implementing (c). It has been surprisingly found that even after the formation of nano particles, their properties can still be affected and adjusted by the addition of suitable additives. Generally speaking, the nano particles obtained by polymerization already have appropriate and useful properties, among which the characteristics of these products mainly depend on the structure and configuration of the LC material contained in the core and the already formed polymeric shell. Surprisingly, however, some properties of the nanoparticle can still be further improved or changed by the additional step of adding one or more additives to the nanocapsules after preparing such encapsulated nanoparticle. Such improvements or adjustments to nanocapsules may be particularly beneficial under certain conditions or for specific applications. The additives according to the invention can be selected based on achieving or adapting specific product characteristics. For example, agents that can positively affect wettability and solubility, chemical resistance (such as water resistance), film formation, and defoaming can be used. In one embodiment, organic solvents or hydrophobic or hydrophobic agents may be added. However, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, specifically, one or more additives are selected as one or more surfactants. Although such surfactants that can be used as additives according to step (d) may provide other benefits, such as contributing to a suitable film formation, a favorable dark state, or a suitably low hysteresis, it should be recognized that when nanocapsules are used When used in electro-optical devices, these additives can be used to reduce the operating voltage. According to the invention, the one or more additives are used in combination with a surfactant as provided in step (b). In this regard, the surfactant provided according to step (b) is used during the generation of nanodroplets and also in the subsequent polymerization. As mentioned above, the surfactants are useful during this process, for example, by promoting and stabilizing microemulsions, and by preventing or minimizing particle aggregation during and after capsule formation. In addition, surfactants can additionally affect product properties, such as capsule size, but also affect electro-optical properties as described above, for example, by tuning the interface interaction between the shell and the core. Therefore, they provide several functions and should provide suitable properties during the preparation of capsules from precursor materials. After the capsules are formed, only the additives used in step (d), preferably surfactants, are added. Therefore, in general, they can be independently selected from the needs of the emulsion and polymerization steps. However, in one case, the additive (preferably a surfactant) may be selected according to the surfactant and the additive provided according to step (b), which is required to be included, that is, matched or adjusted with it, and may even have the same surfactant Agent. Therefore, in one embodiment, the additive according to step (d) is selected to be the same as the surfactant provided in step (b). In another case, the surfactant according to step (d) can be selected independently and more freely, for example according to other criteria. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the additive of step (d) is provided in terms of reducing the operating voltage. Therefore, in another embodiment, the additive according to step (d) is different from the surfactant as provided in step (b). In this process, stable nanocapsules are produced which are suitably dispersed. After the nanocapsules are obtained, the aqueous phase can be removed as needed and better, or the amount of water can be reduced or depleted separately, or alternatively, the aqueous phase can be exchanged with another dispersion medium. In one embodiment, the dispersed or separately dispersible nanocapsules are substantially or completely separated from the aqueous phase, such as by filtration or centrifugation. Conventionally used filtration can be used, such as membrane filtration, dialysis, cross-flow filtration and, in particular, a combination of cross-flow filtration and dialysis and / or centrifugation techniques. Filtration and / or centrifugation may provide other benefits by, for example, removing excess or unwanted or even residual surfactant as provided in step (b). Thus, for example, by removing contaminants, impurities, or unwanted ions, not only can nanocapsules be concentrated, but purification can also be provided. Preferably and advantageously, the amount of surface charge of the capsule is kept to a minimum. Based on mechanical stability, nanocapsules can undergo relatively easy separation techniques, for example, using evaporation or extraction methods. Nanocapsules can also be dried, where drying means removing the dispersion medium but leaving the LC material contained inside the capsule. Conventional techniques can be used, such as drying in air, critical point drying, and freeze drying (specifically freeze drying). Other conventional methods for solvent removal, separation, purification, concentration, and processing can also be performed, such as chromatography or size fractionation. In the method according to the present invention, the one or more additives, preferably one or more surfactants, may be added to the nanocapsules before optional other steps of depleting, removing or replacing the aqueous phase. Alternatively, the one or more additives, preferably one or more surfactants, may be added to the nanocapsules after optional other steps of depletion, removal or replacement of the aqueous phase. Additives (preferably surfactants) can also be added before and after depletion, removal or exchange of the aqueous phase. Depending on the material properties and respective circumstances, the additives (preferably surfactants) can be added as such or in the form of a solution using a suitable solvent (such as water or an aqueous solvent, isopropanol or acetone). Then, for example, the nanocapsules and the additives are appropriately mixed using agitation, ultrasonic treatment, and / or heating. The additives (specifically, surfactants) used according to step (b) and optional step (d) can each be used alone or in combination, by affecting the polymeric shell and even the LC material, at least through the interior of the capsule wall The interactions at the interface favorably affect the properties of the nanocapsules. It is believed that the surfactant can be adsorbed to and, in some cases or under certain conditions, penetrate, dissolve or even penetrate, or by forming a polymeric composition of the capsule shell to make it possible to adjust the shell properties, such as In terms of charge, conductivity, or permittivity. Surfactant molecules can also function at the interface between the polymeric shell and the LC material, such as affecting or reducing the anchoring energy of the LC material and the surface of the polymer shell or affecting the alignment of the LC molecules. If a part of the surfactant or additive is mixed with the LC material, the elastic constant or viscosity of the material can also be changed, and then its electro-optical properties can be changed. In addition, when surfactant or additive molecules are located on the outer surface of the nanocapsule, interactions with the environment, such as solubility and wettability, can be changed and advantageously adjusted, for example, based on compatibility with the binder. In this process, it is advantageous to use water or an aqueous solution as the dispersion medium. In this regard, however, it was also observed that the provided composition and the resulting nanocapsules showed suitable stability and chemical resistance to the presence of water (for example in terms of hysteresis). In one embodiment, the amount of water can be reduced or even substantially minimized by providing or adding a polar medium, preferably a non-aqueous polar medium that includes, for example, formamide or ethylene glycol or hydrofluorocarbon. Advantageously, the method according to the invention provides a large number of individual nanocapsules, which are dispersible and even redispersible. Therefore, they can be further easily and flexibly used and applied in various environments. Due to the stability of the capsules, storage of the capsules (specifically a suitable long shelf life) before use in various applications also becomes possible. However, immediate further processing is also an option that is advantageous. In this regard, the capsule system is suitably stable during processing, particularly for coating applications. The process described above provides a convenient method for preparing nanocapsules in a controlled and adjustable manner. In particular, for example, by adjusting the amount of surfactant in the composition, the particle size of the capsule can be appropriately tuned while maintaining low polydispersity. It has been surprisingly found that, in view of reducing the operating voltage in electro-optic applications, a uniform capsule size that is suitably set may be particularly advantageous. In addition, additives added to the nano-droplets before polymerization or as added in step (d) may advantageously further contribute to reducing the operating voltage. In addition, it has been found that the composition provided according to step (a) of the method of the present invention exhibits suitable behavior and performance during the manufacturing process and in the resulting product. This means that in one aspect the compositions are highly suitable for nano-encapsulation, ie, suitable for forming nano-capsules, wherein the formed capsule shell of each capsule contains a nano-sized volume of LC medium. On the other hand, they can also be used to obtain advantageous product properties, such as in electro-optical applications. In particular, the composition provided according to the present invention can be manufactured according to an advantageous process, in particular a process using in-situ polymerization, especially a PIPS-based process for preparing advantageous nanocapsules containing a liquid crystal original medium, wherein in the process These compositions have advantageous properties. In addition, these compositions result in nanocapsules, which provide significant benefits in terms of their physical and chemical properties, in particular, their electro-optical properties and their stability in electro-optical devices. Therefore, the composition of the present invention can be used for preparing nanocapsules. The composition may be provided by suitably mixing or blending these components. In a preferred embodiment, the composition according to the invention comprises from 5 to 95% by weight, more preferably from 15 to 75% by weight, in particular from 25 to 65% by weight, based on the total composition. Amount of LC medium. In a preferred embodiment, the composition according to the present invention further comprises one or more organic solvents. It has been found that providing organic solvents in the process used to prepare the nanocapsules of the present invention can provide additional benefits. In particular, the one or more organic solvents may contribute to setting or adjusting component solubility or respective miscibility. The solvent can be used as a suitable co-solvent, which can enhance or affect the solvent solubility of other organic components. In addition, during phase separation induced by polymerization of the polymerizable compound, the (or other) organic solvent may have a beneficial effect. In this regard, a standard organic solvent can be used as the organic solvent. The (or other) solvent may be selected from, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbons, halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, glycols or their esters, ethers, esters, lactones, ketones, and the like, more preferably selected from Diols, n-alkanes and fatty alcohols. Binary, ternary or higher mixtures of the above solvents can also be used. In one embodiment, 1,5-dimethyltetralin, 3-phenoxytoluene, cyclohexane, or 5-hydroxy-2-pentanone can be added. In a preferred embodiment, the solvent is selected from cyclohexane, tetradecanefluorohexane, dodecane, tridecane, tetradecane, pentadecane, hexadecane, heptadecane, hexadecane 1-alcohol, 2-isopropoxyethanol, octyldodecanol, 1,2-ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, pentyl Diols (specifically 1,4-pentanediol), hexanediols (specifically 1,6-hexanediol), heptanediol, octanediol, triethanolamine, ethyl acetate, ethyl hexanoate And one or more of butyl acetate. Particularly preferably, the organic solvent used includes hexadecane or 1,4-pentanediol, specifically hexadecane or 1,4-pentanediol. In another embodiment, a combination comprising hexadecane and 1,4-pentanediol is used. The (or other) organic solvent (specifically hexadecane) is preferably based on 0.1% based on the total composition. It is added in an amount of 1% to 35% by weight, more preferably 1% to 25% by weight, and specifically 3% to 17% by weight. In one embodiment, cetane used in the preparation of nanocapsules is not considered to constitute another additive according to the invention. The organic solvent can enhance solubility or individual solubilization, or dilute other organic components and can contribute to tuning viscosity. In one embodiment, the organic solvent acts as a hydrophobic agent. Adding it to the dispersed phase of the nano- or microemulsion can affect, in particular, increase the osmotic pressure in the nano-droplets. This can contribute to the stabilization of the "oil-in-water type" solution by suppressing the maturation of the Oshwa. The preferred organic solvent used as a hydrophobic agent has a water solubility lower than the solubility of liquid crystal in water, however, it is soluble in liquid crystal. Organic solvents (preferably hydrophobic agents) can be used as stabilizers or co-stabilizers. In the composition according to the invention, one or more polymerizable compounds are provided as precursors for a polymeric shell or wall for containing or each surrounding the LC medium. The polymerizable compound has at least one polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably selected from CH2 = CW1 -COO-,,, CH2 = CW2 -(O)k1 -, CH3 -CH = CH-O-, (CH2 = CH)2 CH-OCO-, (CH2 = CH-CH2 )2 CH-OCO-, (CH2 = CH)2 CH-O-, (CH2 = CH-CH2 )2 N-, HO-CW2 W3 -, HS-CW2 W3 -, HW2 N-, HO-CW2 W3 -NH-, CH2 = CW1 -CO-NH-, CH2 = CH- (COO)k1 -Phe- (O)k2 -, Phe-CH = CH-, HOOC-, OCN-, where W1 H, Cl, CN, phenyl or alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, specifically H, Cl or CH3 , W2 And W3 Independently of one another are H or alkyl groups having 1 to 5 C atoms, specifically H, methyl, ethyl or n-propyl, Phe is 1,4-phenylene and k1 And k2 Independent of each other is 0 or 1. The one or more polymerizable compounds are selected such that they have a suitable and sufficient solubility in the LC component or phase. In addition, they need to be sensitive to polymerization conditions and the environment. In particular, the (etc.) polymerizable compound can be suitably polymerized with a high conversion, resulting in a favorable small amount of residual unreacted polymerizable compound after the reaction. This can provide benefits in terms of the stability and performance of the LC media. In addition, the polymerizable component is selected such that the polymer formed therefrom is suitably phase-separated or separately, and the polymer formed therefrom is phase-separated to form a polymeric capsule shell. In particular, it is advantageous to avoid or minimize the solubility of the LC components in the shell polymer and the swelling or gelation of the formed polymer shell, where the amount of LC medium in the formed capsule and the structure remain substantially constant. Therefore, the advantageous preferential solubility of any LC compound of the LC material in the wall is minimized or avoided. By providing a suitably rough polymer shell, it is advantageous to minimize or even completely avoid swelling or even bursting of the nanocapsules and unwanted leakage of LC material from the capsules. The polymerization or curing time depends in particular on the reactivity and amount of the polymerizable material, the thickness of the capsule shell formed and the type and amount of the polymerization initiator, if present, and the reaction temperature and / or radiation power of, for example, a UV lamp. The polymerization or curing time and conditions can be selected such as to obtain a rapid polymerization process, or to obtain, for example, a slower process, wherein, however, the integrity of the conversion and isolation of the polymer can be beneficially affected. Therefore, it may be preferable to have a short polymerization and curing time, such as less than 5 minutes, however, in an alternative embodiment, a longer polymerization time, such as more than one hour or even at least three hours may be preferred. In one embodiment, a non- mesogen polymerizable compound is used, that is, a compound that does not contain a mesogen. However, they show sufficient and suitable solubility or miscibility with each of the LC components. In a preferred embodiment, an organic solvent is additionally provided. In another aspect, a polymerizable mesogen or a mesogen is used, also known as a reactive mesogen (RM). These compounds contain a mesogen and one or more polymerizable groups, that is, functional groups suitable for polymerization. Optionally, in one embodiment, the polymerizable compound according to the present invention contains only reactive mesogens, that is, all reactive monomers are mesogens. Alternatively, the RM may be provided in combination with one or more non-liquidomer polymerizable compounds. These RMs can be single-reactive or two-reactive or multi-reactive. RM can exhibit favorable solubility or miscibility with each LC medium. However, it is further envisaged that the polymers formed or formed therefrom exhibit suitable phase separation behavior. It is preferred that the polymerizable mesogen comprises at least one polymerizable group as a terminal group and a mesogen as a nucleus group. Further preferably, it contains a spacer group between the polymerizable group and the mesogen and And / or a linking group. In one embodiment, 2-methyl-1,4-phenylene-bis [4 [3 (propenyloxy) propoxy] benzoate (RM 257, Merck KGaA) is used. Alternatively or in addition, one or more pendant substituents of the mesogen group may be a polymerizable group. In yet another embodiment, the use of mesogen polymerizable compounds is avoided. In a preferred embodiment, the one or more polymerizable compounds are selected from the group consisting of vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, acrylamide, methacrylamide, methyl acrylate, or methyl Methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate or ethyl methacrylate, n-butyl acrylate or n-butyl methacrylate or third butyl acrylate or third butyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate or cyclohexyl methacrylate Ester, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate or 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, phenyloxyethyl acrylate or phenyloxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate or hydroxyethyl methacrylate, Hydroxypropyl acrylate or hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2-5 C-alkoxyethyl acrylate or 2-5 C-alkoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate or tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate Esters, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl acrylate, vinyl succinate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcarbazole, styrene, divinylbenzene, ethylene diacrylate, acrylic acid 1,6-hexanediol ester, bisphenol-A-diacrylate and bisphenol-A-dimethyl Acrylates, trimethylolpropyl diacrylate, trimethylolpropyl triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tripropylene glycol triacrylate, Pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, di (trimethyl) propyl tetraacrylate or dipentaerythritol penta- or hexaacrylate. Further, a thiol-olefin is preferred, such as, for example, a commercially available product, Norland 65 (Norland Products). The polymerizable or reactive group is preferably selected from the group consisting of vinyl, acrylate, methacrylate, fluoroacrylate, oxetanyl or epoxy, and particularly preferably acrylate or methyl Acrylate. Preferably, the one or more polymerizable compounds are selected from the group consisting of acrylates, methacrylates, fluoroacrylates, and vinyl acetate, and more preferably, the composition further comprises one or more direactive and / or The tri-reactive polymerizable compound is preferably selected from the group consisting of diacrylate, dimethacrylate, triacrylate, and trimethacrylate. In one embodiment, the one or more polymerizable compounds (ii) as described above include a polymerizable group selected from one, two or more acrylate groups, methacrylate groups, and vinyl acetate groups. In particular, these compounds are preferably non- mesogen compounds. In a preferred embodiment, the composition according to the invention comprises one or more monoacrylates, which is preferably from 0.1% to 75% by weight, more preferably from 0.5% to 50% by weight, based on the total composition, Specifically, it is added in an amount of 2.5 to 25% by weight. Particularly preferred mono-reactive compounds are selected from the group consisting of methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, third butyl acrylate, pentyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, nonyl acrylate, and acrylic acid. 2-methyl-hexyl ester, 2-hydroxy-ethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-butyl acrylate, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl acrylate and glycidyl acrylate. Additionally or alternatively, vinyl acetate may be used. In another preferred embodiment, in addition to the above monoacrylate, the composition according to the present invention optionally contains one or more monomethacrylates, which is preferably from 0.1% by weight to 75% by weight based on the total composition. %, More preferably 0.5% to 50% by weight, specifically 2.5% to 25% by weight. Particularly preferred mono-reactive compounds are selected from methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, third butyl methacrylate, Pentyl acrylate, hexyl methacrylate, nonyl methacrylate, 2-ethyl-hexyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-ethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-butyl methacrylate, methyl 2,3-dihydroxypropyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, stearyl methacrylate, adamantane methacrylate and isobornyl methacrylate. Particularly preferably, at least one crosslinking agent is added to the composition, that is, a polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups. Cross-linking of polymeric shells in the resulting particles may provide other benefits, especially in terms of further improved stability and sealing and in terms of tuning or separately reducing swelling, specifically the susceptibility to swelling due to solvents. In this regard, di-reactive and multi-reactive compounds can be used to form their own polymer networks and / or to cross-link polymer chains formed substantially from polymerized mono-reactive compounds. Conventional crosslinking agents known in the related art can be used. Particularly preferably, a di-reactive or multi-reactive acrylate and / or methacrylate is further provided, which is preferably 0.1% to 75% by weight, more preferably 0.5% to 50% by weight based on the total composition. In particular, it is added in an amount of 2.5% to 25% by weight. Particularly preferred compounds are selected from the group consisting of ethylene diacrylate, propylene diacrylate, butyl diacrylate, glutar diacrylate, hexamethylene diacrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, glyceryl diacrylate, and Pentaerythritol acrylate, ethylene dimethacrylate (also known as ethylene glycol dimethacrylate), propylene dimethacrylate, butyl dimethacrylate, glutar dimethacrylate, Adipate methacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, glyceryl dimethacrylate, trimethylpropyl trimethacrylate, and pentaerythritol triacrylate. The ratio of mono-reactive monomers to di- or multi-reactive monomers can be advantageously set and adjusted to affect the polymer composition and properties of the shell. According to step (b) of the method of the present invention, the surfactant is used to disperse the composition as nano droplets in the aqueous phase. In one embodiment, the surfactant may be mixed and included in the composition as provided in step (a). Alternatively, the surfactant is preferably added as an aqueous mixture after step (a). In this case, the surfactant is provided in the aqueous phase and then mixed with the composition as provided in (a). Therefore, according to a preferred embodiment, the surfactant can be prepared or provided separately in the initial step, and then added to the other components. In particular, the surfactant may be prepared or provided in the form of an aqueous mixture or composition, and then added to other components including a mesogen and a polymerizable compound as described above and below. Particularly preferably, the surfactant is provided in the form of an aqueous surfactant solution. The surfactant can be used to reduce surface or interfacial tension and promote emulsification and dispersion. Conventional surfactants known in the related art can be used, including anionic surfactants (such as sulfates (such as sodium lauryl sulfate), sulfonates, phosphates, and carboxylate surfactants), cationic surfactants (Such as secondary or tertiary amines and quaternary ammonium salt surfactants), zwitterionic surfactants (such as betaine, sulfobetaine, and phospholipid surfactants) and nonionic surfactants (such as long-chain alcohols or Phenol, ether, ester or ammonium nonionic surfactant). In a preferred embodiment according to the present invention, a non-ionic surfactant is used. The use of non-ionic surfactants can provide benefits during the manufacturing process of nanocapsules (specifically in terms of dispersion formation and stability) and in PIPS. In addition, it should be recognized that if a surfactant (such as a residual surfactant) is included in the formed nanocapsules, a charged surfactant can be advantageously avoided. Therefore, the use of non-ionic surfactants and the avoidance of ionic surfactants can be beneficial in terms of the stability, reliability, and electro-optical characteristics and performance of nanocapsules (also in composite systems and electro-optical devices). Especially preferred is a polyethoxylated nonionic surfactant. Preferred compounds are selected from polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ether surfactants, polyoxypropylene glycol alkyl ether surfactants, glucoside alkyl ether surfactants, polyoxyethylene octylphenol ether surfactants ( Such as TritonTM X-100), polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl phenol ether surfactant, glyceryl alkyl ester surfactant, polyoxyethylene glycol sorbitan alkyl ester surfactant (such as polysorbate), sorbitan A group consisting of sugar alkyl anhydride surfactant, cocoamine monoethanolamine, cocoamine diethanolamine and dodecyldimethylamine oxide. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the surfactant used is selected from polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ether surfactants, including commercially available Brij® Reagent (from Sigma-Aldrich). Especially preferred are surfactants containing twelve carbon ethylene glycol dodecyl ether or better. In an excellent embodiment, a commercially available Brij is used® L23 (Sigma-Aldrich), also known as Brij 35 or polyoxyethylene (23) lauryl ether. In other specific embodiments, it is preferably commercially available Brij® 58 (also known as polyethylene glycol cetyl ether or polyoxyethylene (20) cetyl ether) or commercially available Brij® L4 (also known as polyethylene glycol dodecyl ether or polyoxyethylene (4) lauryl ether). In another embodiment, an alkylaryl polyether alcohol is preferably used, preferably a commercially available TritonTM X-100, and specifically 4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenyl-polyethylene glycol and formula C14 Htwenty two O (C2 H4 O)n H (where n is 9 and 10). Alternatively or in addition, an octylphenol ethoxylate surfactant such as ECOSURF may be preferably usedTM Surfactant (available from Dow), such as ESOSURFTM EH-9 (90%), or TERGITOL® Surfactant (available from Dow), such as TERGITOL® 15-S-9. In another embodiment, it is preferred to use organopolysiloxanes, such as polyethersiloxanes and polyethersiloxane copolymers, such as commercially available TEGO® Additive (Evonik), preferably TEGO® Wet 270, and specifically, 3- [methyl-bis (trimethylsilyloxy) silyl] propyl-polyethylene glycol or a surfactant preferably composed of it or TEGO® Wet 280. In addition, TEGO can be used better® WET 260 and TEGO® Wet KL 245 and polysiloxane surfactants such as H described in US 7,618,7773 CSi (CH3 )2 OSiO (CH3 ) (CH2 CH2 CH2 O (CH2 CH2 O)7 CH3 ) Si (CH3 )3 . In yet another embodiment, it is preferred to use a fluorosurfactant, preferably FluorN 322, and specifically to include 2-[[2-methyl-5- (3,3,4,4,5, 5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-Tridecylfluoro-octyloxycarbonylamino) phenyl] aminomethyloxy] ethyl-polypropylene glycol and more preferably its interfacial activity Agent. Preferably, other fluorosurfactants may also be used, such as the commercially available FluorN 561 and FluorN 562 (Cytonix). In yet another embodiment, a poloxamer copolymer is preferred, preferably a copolymer comprising units of polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, and more preferably a central hydrophobicity of polypropylene glycol A triblock copolymer composed of two polyethylene glycol hydrophilic blocks of a block and a side chain, and specifically a commercially available poloxamer 407 or Pluronic® F-127 (BASF) or Synperonic PE / F127 (Croda). Alternatively or in addition, other Pluronic may be preferred® Additives, such as Pluronic® 10R5. The surfactant is preferably less than 30% by weight, more preferably less than 25% by weight, even more preferably less than 20% by weight, and specifically less than 15% by weight relative to the composition as provided in step (a). The amount provided. According to a preferred embodiment, when the surfactant is provided in the form of a prepared aqueous mixture, this amount of water is not considered to constitute the total composition in terms of weight, that is to say, except for the water system. In addition, in the process for preparing the nanocapsules according to the present invention, a polymeric surfactant or a surface-active polymer or a block copolymer may be used. In a particular embodiment, however, the use of such polymeric surfactants or surface-active polymers is avoided. According to one aspect of the present invention, a polymerizable surfactant, that is, a surfactant containing one or more polymerizable groups can be used. The polymerizable surfactant may be used alone, that is, provided only as a surfactant, or used in combination with a non-polymerizable surfactant. In one embodiment, the polymerizable surfactant is provided in addition to and in combination with the non-polymerizable surfactant. This optional provision of a polymerizable surfactant can provide a combination of benefits, contributing to proper droplet formation and stabilization and formation of a stable polymeric capsule shell. Therefore, these compounds act as surfactants and polymerizable compounds at the same time. Particularly preferred is a polymerizable non-ionic surfactant, in particular a non-ionic surfactant, which additionally has one or more acrylate groups and / or methacrylate groups. This embodiment, including the use of a polymerizable surfactant, may have the advantage that the nature of the template at the amphiphilic interface can be particularly well maintained during the polymerization. In addition, the polymerizable surfactant may not only participate in the polymerization reaction, but may be advantageously incorporated into the polymer shell as a building block, and more preferably also incorporated at the surface of the shell, so that it may favorably affect interfacial interaction . In a particularly preferred embodiment, polysiloxane polyether acrylate is used as a polymerizable surfactant, and more preferably is a crosslinkable polysiloxane polyether acrylate. In another embodiment, PEG methyl ether methacrylate is used. In this process, the composition is added to an aqueous mixture, wherein the composition is dispersed in an aqueous phase. In this regard, the provided surfactants can advantageously contribute to the formation and stabilization of dispersions, specifically emulsions, and to promote homogenization. If an aqueous mixture is provided, this amount of water is not considered in terms of weight to make up the total composition, that is to say, except for the water system. Preferably, the water system is provided in the form of pure water, specifically deionized water. According to the invention, the composition as provided in step (a) is then dispersed in the aqueous phase in the form of nano droplets. The composition may include additional compounds such as one or more polychromatic dyes (specifically dichroic dyes), one or more palmar compounds, and / or other customary and suitable additives. The polychromatic dye is preferably a dichroic dye and may be selected from, for example, an azo dye and a thiadiazole dye. Suitable palmitic compounds are, for example, standard palmitic dopants, such as R- or S-811, R- or S-1011, R- or S-2011, R- or S-3011, R- or S- 4011, R- or S-5011 or CB 15 (both purchased from Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), sorbitol as described in WO 98/00428, hydrogenated benzoin as described in GB 2,328,207, as in WO Paranaphthol as described in 02/94805, paranaphthol acetal as described in WO 02/34739, paranaphthyl TADDOL as described in WO 02/06265 or as in WO 02 / A palmitic compound having a fluorinated linker as described in 06196 or WO 02/06195. In addition, substances can be added to change the temperature dependence of the dielectric anisotropy, optical anisotropy, viscosity, and / or electro-optical parameters of the LC material. The mesogen according to the invention comprises one or more compounds of formula I as described above. In a preferred embodiment, the liquid crystal medium is composed of 2 to 25, preferably 3 to 20 compounds, at least one of which is a compound of formula I. The medium preferably comprises one or more, more preferably two or more, and most preferably three or more compounds of formula I according to the invention. The medium preferably contains a low molecular weight liquid crystal compound selected from nematic or nematic materials, for example, selected from oxazobenzene, benzylidene-aniline, biphenyl, bitriphenyl, Phenyl benzoate or cyclohexyl benzoate, phenyl or cyclohexyl carboxylate, phenyl or cyclohexyl benzoate, phenyl or cyclohexyl cyclate , Cyclohexylphenyl ester of benzoic acid, cyclohexylphenyl ester of cyclohexanecarboxylic acid and cyclohexylphenyl ester of cyclohexylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, phenylcyclohexane, cyclohexyl-biphenyl, phenylcyclohexyl ring Hexane, cyclohexylcyclohexane, cyclohexylcyclohexene, cyclohexylcyclohexylcyclohexene, 1,4-bis-cyclohexylbenzene, 4,4'-bis-cyclohexylbiphenyl, phenyl- or ring Hexylpyrimidine, phenyl- or cyclohexylpyridine, phenyl- or cyclohexylpyridazine, phenyl- or cyclohexyldioxane, phenyl- or cyclohexyl-1,3-dithiane, 1,2-di Phenylethane, 1,2-dicyclohexylethane, 1-phenyl-2-cyclohexylethane, 1-cyclohexyl-2- (4-phenylcyclohexyl) -ethane, 1-cyclohexyl 2-biphenyl-ethane, 1-phenyl2-cyclohexyl-phenylethane, as required Of bis styrene, benzyl phenyl ether, diphenyl acetylene, substituted cinnamic acids and other classes of nematic or nematic-type raw material. 1,4-phenylene in these compounds may also be laterally mono- or difluorinated. The liquid crystal mixture is preferably based on a non-palladium compound of this type. In a preferred embodiment, the LC host mixture is a nematic LC mixture, which preferably does not have a palmitic LC phase. Suitable LC mixtures may have positive dielectric anisotropy. These mixtures are described, for example, in JP 07-181 439 (A), EP 0 667 555, EP 0 673 986, DE 195 09 410, DE 195 28 106, DE 195 28 107, WO 96/23 851, WO 96/28 521 and WO2012 / 079676. In another embodiment, the LC has negative dielectric anisotropy. Such media are described, for example, in EP 1 378 557 A1. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the one or more compounds of formula I are selected from compounds of formulas Ia, Ib, Ic and Id Where R1 , R2 , R3 , R4 , R5 And R6 Independent of each other means a straight or branched alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 7 carbon atoms or a straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, which Unsubstituted, CN or CF3 Mono- or mono- or polysubstituted by halogen and one or more of them2 The radicals can in each case be replaced independently of one another by -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, or -C≡C- in such a way that the oxygen atoms are not directly connected to each other. , X1 And X2 Represent F and CF independently of each other3 OCF3 Or CN, L1 , L2 , L3 , L4 And L5 Are independently H or F, i is 1 or 2, and j and k are 0 or 1 independently of each other. The one or more additives according to the present invention are agents that can provide advantageous or suitable functions during the preparation and can in particular impart one or more advantages or useful properties to or at least contribute to the resulting product. The additive can be used, for example, to adjust material properties, solubility, or miscibility, or to provide benefits in terms of film forming ability. This (or other) additive may be provided before the polymerization step or according to step (d). Preferably, the additive (s) according to the invention, in particular the additive as provided in step (d) is a surfactant. The surfactant is a surface active agent. The reagent can reduce the surface or interfacial tension between liquids or between liquids and solids. The surfactants herein may include or correspondingly act as cleaning agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, foaming agents, and dispersing agents. In the method for preparing a nanocapsule according to the present invention, in step (b), one or more surfactants are used. The surfactants herein can promote or contribute to droplet formation and stabilization of nanoemulsions. It can also be used to set or adjust the size and size distribution of the droplets and the resulting nanocapsules. In one case, the surfactant added according to step (d) may be the same as that used in step (b). However, the additive according to step (d) is added after the capsules are thus formed. At this stage, other factors can be specifically addressed or taken into consideration, that is, factors different from droplet stabilization and particle size setting. Therefore, additives that also perform different or additional functions or affect other or additional properties may be used. In another case, therefore, the surfactant added according to step (d) may be different from the surfactant used in step (b), that is, another or a second surfactant. In addition, a combination of additives such as a combination of a surfactant and a film-forming agent may also be used. According to a preferred embodiment, the additive in step (d) means a surfactant. In this embodiment, conventional surfactants of step (d) known in the related art can be used, including anionic surfactants such as sulfates (such as sodium lauryl sulfate), sulfonates, phosphates, and carboxylates. Salt surfactants), cationic surfactants (such as secondary or tertiary amine and quaternary ammonium salt surfactants), zwitterionic surfactants (such as betaine, sulfobetaine, and phospholipid surfactants), and Non-ionic surfactants (such as long-chain alcohols and phenol, ether, ester or ammonium non-ionic surfactants), specifically alkyl polyethers and polyethoxy alcohols. In a preferred embodiment according to the present invention, a non-ionic surfactant is used. The use of non-ionic surfactants and the avoidance of ionic surfactants can be beneficial in terms of the stability, reliability, and electro-optical characteristics and performance of nanocapsules (also in composite systems and electro-optical devices). Especially preferred is a polyethoxylated nonionic surfactant. Preferred compounds are selected from polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ether surfactants, polyoxypropylene glycol alkyl ether surfactants, glucoside alkyl ether surfactants, polyoxyethylene octylphenol ether surfactants ( (Such as Triton X-100), polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl phenol ether surfactant, glyceryl alkyl ester surfactant, polyoxyethylene glycol sorbitan alkyl ester surfactant (such as polysorbate) , A group of sorbitan alkyl ester surfactants, cocoamine monoethanolamine, cocoamine diethanolamine and dodecyldimethylamine oxide. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the surfactant used is selected from polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ether surfactants, including commercially available Brij® Reagent (Sigma-Aldrich). Especially preferred are surfactants containing twelve carbon ethylene glycol dodecyl ether or better. In an excellent embodiment, a commercially available Brij is used® L23 (Sigma-Aldrich), also known as Brij 35 or polyoxyethylene (23) lauryl ether. In other specific embodiments, it is preferably commercially available Brij® 58 (also known as polyethylene glycol cetyl ether or polyoxyethylene (20) cetyl ether) or commercially available Brij® L4 (also known as polyethylene glycol dodecyl ether or polyoxyethylene (4) lauryl ether). In another embodiment, an alkylaryl polyether alcohol is preferably used, preferably commercially available Triton X-100, and specifically 4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) Phenyl-polyethylene glycol and formula C14 Htwenty two O (C2 H4 O)n H (where n is 9 and 10). Alternatively or in addition, an octylphenol ethoxylate surfactant such as ECOSURF may be preferably usedTM Surfactant (available from Dow), such as ESOSURFTM EH-9 (90%), or TERGITOL® surfactant (available from Dow), such as TERGITOL® 15-S-9. In another embodiment, it is preferred to use organopolysiloxanes, such as polyethersiloxanes and polyethersiloxane copolymers, such as commercially available TEGO® Additive (Evonik), preferably TEGO® Wet 270, and specifically, 3- [methyl-bis (trimethylsilyloxy) silyl] propyl-polyethylene glycol or a surfactant preferably composed of it or TEGO® Wet 280. In addition, TEGO can be used better® WET 260 and TEGO® Wet KL 245 and polysiloxane surfactants such as H described in US 7,618,7773 CSi (CH3 )2 OSiO (CH3 ) (CH2 CH2 CH2 O (CH2 CH2 O)7 CH3 ) Si (CH3 )3 . In yet another embodiment, it is preferred to use a fluorosurfactant, preferably FluorN 322, and specifically to include 2-[[2-methyl-5- (3,3,4,4,5, 5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-Tridecylfluoro-octyloxycarbonylamino) phenyl] aminomethyloxy] ethyl-polypropylene glycol and more preferably its interfacial activity Agent. Preferably, other fluorosurfactants may also be used, such as the commercially available FluorN 561 and FluorN 562 (Cytonix). In yet another embodiment, a poloxamer copolymer is preferred, preferably a copolymer comprising units of polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, and more preferably a central hydrophobicity of polypropylene glycol A triblock copolymer composed of two polyethylene glycol hydrophilic blocks of a block and a side chain, and specifically a commercially available poloxamer 407 or Pluronic® F-127 (BASF) or Synperonic PE / F127 (Croda). In some cases, it may be preferable to provide a nonionic, partially water-soluble surfactant that has a low molecular weight or is oligomeric. Surprisingly, relatively small amounts of additives have been sufficient to favorably affect product properties. Preferably, the additive accounts for less than 10% by weight of the finally obtained capsule, more preferably less than 5% by weight, and in particular less than 2.5% by weight. Furthermore, preferably, the capsules contain additives in an amount of at least 0.01% by weight, more preferably at least 0.05% by weight, based on the total capsule weight. In a preferred embodiment, the amount of additives added before polymerization step (c) or as added in step (d) relative to the composition as provided in step (a) is limited to 10 weight The amount is% or less, preferably 5% by weight or less, more preferably 2.5% by weight or less, and even more preferably 1% by weight or less. In one embodiment, the amount of the additive in terms of the composition as provided in step (a) is particularly preferably set in a range of 0.05% to 1% by weight, and even more preferably 0.1% to 1% Within the weight% range. Another aspect of the present invention relates to nanocapsules, each of which comprises a polymeric shell, a core comprising a mesogen of one or more compounds of formula I as described above and below, and one or more additives. These nanocapsules are preferably and advantageously obtained by or by carrying out the method according to the invention. It should be recognized that the modified nanocapsules, in particular in view of the reduced operating voltage in electro-optical applications and other beneficial properties as described above and below, are or can be implemented by implementing the method according to the invention get. In addition, it has been surprisingly discovered that a stable and reliable nanocapsule can be provided, which contains a liquid crystal precursor medium with favorable electro-optical properties and suitable reliability, and can additionally incorporate one or more additives, preferably one or more surfactants This can provide or contribute to the same and / or other benefits, such as reduced operating voltage. It should be further recognized that the nanocapsules according to the present invention can be obtained by or separately by a process based on in-situ polymerization and specifically based on PIPS in nanoemulsions. Therefore, unexpectedly, a light modulating material including nano-sized droplets (nano droplets) of LC in the form of a core encapsulated by a polymeric shell can be provided, wherein the nanocapsules as a whole are also included therein Mesogens have suitable and even improved properties. The properties of nanocapsules can be further influenced and adjusted by adding, preferably incorporating the additives (preferred surfactants) as described above. It was surprisingly found that even after the nanocapsules were prepared or provided as such, the subsequent introduction of additives could still contribute and even further improve the characteristics and performance of the nanocapsules under certain conditions. By providing the nanocapsules according to the present invention, discrete amounts of LC materials can be confined to the nanovolume, which are stably contained and individually addressable and their can be sealed or dispersed in different environments. The polymer shell nano-encapsulated LC material can be easily applied to and supported by a single substrate, which can be flexible and wherein the layer or film thickness can be variable or individually changed. The LC medium surrounded (ie closed) by the polymer wall can be operated in at least two states. However, each nanodroplet provides only a relatively small volume of LC. Therefore, it is currently recognized that it is better and advantageous to provide an LC component that has a suitably large Dn, in addition to exhibiting good transmittance and good reliability at the same time, including specifically the appropriate voltage holding ratio (VHR) and thermal and UV stability and relatively small rotational viscosity. In addition, it may be advantageous to provide an LC component with a suitably and reasonably high dielectric anisotropy De value to obtain a relatively small threshold voltage in the application of electro-optical devices. In this regard, using the surfactant as described above can further suitably reduce the operating voltage. It should also be recognized that in nanocapsules, the interfacial region between the LC core and the polymeric shell is relatively large compared to the nanometer volume system provided and therefore it is particularly necessary to consider the respective components of the polymeric shell and LC core components Nature and their interrelationships. In the nanocapsules according to the present invention, the interaction between the polymer and the LC components can be set and adjusted favorably and appropriately, mainly considering the provided composition for nanoencapsulation according to the present invention and the provided Obtained by control and adaptability of the manufacturing process. In addition, additives (preferably surfactants) can further affect or alter these interactions. For example, these interfacial interactions can promote or prevent the formation of any alignment or orientation in LC nanodroplets. Considering the small size of the nanocapsules, the small size may be a sub-wavelength of visible light and even smaller than λ / 4 of visible light. Advantageously, these capsules may only be extremely weak diffusers of visible light. In addition, in the absence of an electric field and depending on interfacial interactions, in one case, the LC medium can form disordered phases with little or no orientation in the nanometer-sized volume, specifically isotropic phases, which It can, for example, provide excellent viewing angle behavior. Furthermore, having an isotropic phase inherently in the unpowered or non-addressed state can be advantageous in device applications in that an excellent dark state can be achieved, particularly when using a polarizer. In contrast to what happens, for example, radial or bipolar orientation, it is believed that in one case, the orientation may not occur, or at least be limited, given the small volume provided in the nanocapsules. Or, and as is preferred in particular embodiments, a configuration may occur where, inter alia, the (etc.) interfacial interaction can be used to induce or influence the LC medium, for example, by setting or adjusting the anchoring strength with the capsule wall Alignment and orientation. In this case, uniform, flat, radial or bipolar alignment can occur. When the nanocapsules with separate and individual LC orientations or alignments are randomly dispersed, optical isotropy is generally observed. Spherical or spherical geometry and curvature set constraints or boundary conditions for nematic configuration and alignment of liquid crystal molecules, which may further depend on the anchoring of LC at the surface of the capsule, the elastic properties of the capsule and the body and surface energy and size . The electro-optical response then depends on the sequencing and orientation of the LC in the nanocapsules. In addition, any possible absence or existence of the orientation and orientation of the encapsulated LC medium is not related to the substrate, so there is no need to provide an alignment layer on the substrate. In particular, when the LC in the capsule has a radial configuration and the particle size is smaller than the wavelength of light, the nanocapsules are substantially optically isotropic or exhibit pseudo-isotropic optical properties, respectively. This allows for an excellent dark state when using two crossed polarizers. When the electric field is switched, specifically the in-plane switching, an optically anisotropic axial configuration can be obtained. In this case, the induced birefringence causes light transmission. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the LC material contained in the nanocapsule has a radial configuration. In terms of switching, in particular switching based on birefringence induced in an IPS configuration, a dielectrically positive or a dielectrically negative LC medium can advantageously be used. The present invention provides advantageous nanocapsules, that is, capsules that make up a nanocontainer with a polymeric shell filled with LC material, which are preferably and preferably crosslinked. In addition, these nanocapsules contain one or more additives as described above. The capsules are individual and independent (ie discrete and dispersible) particles with a core-shell structure. These capsules can act individually but are also collectively referred to as light modulation materials. They can be used in various environments, and can be re-dispersed in different media depending on the dispersion medium. For example, they can be dispersed in water or an aqueous phase, dried, and dispersed in a binder (preferably a polymer binder). These nanocapsules can also be referred to as nanoparticle. In particular, the nano particles include nano-scale LC materials surrounded by a polymer shell. These nano-encapsulated liquid crystals can be embedded in a polymeric adhesive if necessary. In one alternative where phase separation is less obvious or less complete, the formation of a polymer network inside the droplets makes it possible to obtain capsules that exhibit a sponge-like or porous interior (where the LC material fills the pores). In this case, the LC material fills the pores of the sponge-like structure or network, while the shell closes the LC material. In another alternative, the separation between the LC material and the polymer may be at an intermediate level, where only this interface or boundary between the interior of the LC and the wall is less visible and shows gradient behavior. However, it is preferred to achieve effective and complete separation of the shell polymer from the LC material, and in particular, to provide a shell with a smooth inner surface. As needed, the included mesogen may further include one or more palmitic dopants and / or one or more multicolor dyes and / or other conventional additives. Advantageously, nanocapsules according to the present invention are obtained by or can be polymerized the composition as described above, and in particular by an effective and controllable process as described herein. Amazingly, shell polymers can be provided in these nanocapsules, specifically obtained by polymerizing the aforementioned precursor compounds, which are well matched with LC components and compatible with LC properties. Preferably, the electrical impedance of the capsule polymer is at least equal to and better than the electrical impedance of the LC material. In this regard, the additive can be used to appropriately adjust properties and performance. In addition, the shell polymer may be advantageous in terms of dispersibility and avoiding unwanted aggregation. In addition, for example, in a film-forming composite system and specifically in electro-optical applications, a shell polymer and an adhesive can be combined and fully function. In this regard, for example, in view of avoiding aggregation or improving film formation, the additive may also favorably affect capsule properties. The capsule according to the present invention, in which the liquid crystal is encapsulated by a shell material component, is characterized by its nanometer size. Nanocapsules having an average size of not more than 400 nm are preferred. Preferably, the nanocapsules have an average size measured by dynamic light scattering analysis of not more than 400 nm, more preferably not more than 300 nm, and even more preferably not more than 250 nm. Dynamic light scattering (DLS) is a commonly known technique that can be used to determine the size and size distribution of particles in the sub-micron region. For example, a commercially available Zetasizer (Malvern) can be used for DLS analysis. Even better, the average size of the nanocapsules is less than 200 nm, in particular, not more than 150 nm, preferably, as measured by DLS. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the average nanocapsule size is below the wavelength of visible light, in particular, less than λ / 4 of visible light. It should be found that, in at least one state, the nanocapsules according to the invention, in particular with a suitable LC orientation or configuration, can be extremely weak visible light diffusers, ie they do not scatter or substantially scatter visible light. In this case, the capsules can be used to modulate the phase shift, that is, the phase retardation, between the two polarization components of light without showing or substantially showing unwanted scattering of light in any state. In one embodiment, for a wavelength of 550 nm, the retardation is set at about λ / 2, specifically, set at λ / 2. This can be achieved, for example, by providing a suitable type and amount of nanocapsules in the film and setting a suitable film thickness. For electro-optical applications, polymer-encapsulated mesogens preferably exhibit limited sizes of 15 nm to 400 nm, more preferably 50 nm to 250 nm, and specifically 75 nm to 150 nm. If the size of the capsules becomes extremely small, specifically close to the molecular size of the LC molecules, taking into account the reduction in the amount of enclosed LC material and the more limited mobility of the LC molecules, the functionality of these capsules can become inefficient . The thickness of the polymeric shell or the respective wall chosen to form a discrete individual structure allows it to effectively contain and stably limit the contained LC medium, but at the same time allows relative flexibility and still makes the LC material with excellent electrical responsiveness. In view of capacitance and electro-optical performance, the case should preferably be as thin as possible while still providing sufficient strength for sealing. Therefore, a typical capsule shell or wall thickness is less than 100 nm. Preferably, the polymeric shell has a thickness of less than 50 nm, more preferably less than 25 nm, and in particular less than 15 nm. In a preferred embodiment, the polymeric shell has a thickness of 1 nm to 15 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 10 nm, and specifically 5 nm to 8 nm. Microscopy techniques (specifically SEM and TEM) can be used to observe the size, structure and morphology of nanocapsules. Wall thickness can be determined, for example, by TEM for freeze fracture samples. Alternatively, neutron scattering techniques can be used. In addition, techniques such as AFM, NMR, ellipse measurement, and sum frequency generation can be used to study the nanocapsule structure. Nanocapsules according to the present invention generally have a spherical or spherical shape, wherein a hollow spherical or spherical shell is filled or contains the LC medium according to the invention, respectively. Therefore, the present invention provides a plurality of discrete spherical or spherical LC bodies or particles, each of which is encapsulated by a polymeric shell nanometer and each of the other, but also collectively referred to as, can be operated in at least two states in an electro-optical device. The LC component provides beneficial chemical, physical, and electro-optical properties as described above, such as good reliability and stability and low rotational viscosity. In a preferred embodiment, the LC medium according to the present invention has a birefringence of Dn 0.15, more preferably 0.20 and best 0.25. Even better, when the LC medium according to the invention additionally has a dielectric anisotropy of De³10. Surprisingly, by suitably providing and setting the birefringence and dielectric anisotropy according to the present invention, even LC systems with small nanometer volumes are sufficient to effectively and efficiently modulate light, where only a moderate electric field or only moderate drive respectively The voltage can be used to achieve or change the orientation of the LC molecules in the nanocapsules. In addition, another advantage of the present invention is that it obtains a substantially uniform capsule size, that is, the possibility of achieving low polydispersity. This uniformity can advantageously provide uniform electro-optical performance of the capsule in device applications. In addition, capsules that can be adjusted and tuned in terms of capsule size by or separately obtained by a controlled and adaptable process according to the invention, which in turn allows tuning of the electro-optical performance required, in particular based on the Kerr effect . The small and uniform size of the nanocapsules can be beneficial in obtaining fast and uniform switching in response to the applied electric field, preferably providing low millisecond or even sub-millisecond response times. It has been found that the combination of nanocapsules and adhesive materials can suitably affect and increase the processability and applicability of light modulation materials, particularly in terms of coating, drip coating or printing and film formation on substrates. Therefore, in another aspect, the present invention provides a method for preparing such a composite system comprising nanocapsules and an adhesive. In addition, the method envisages that the resulting system additionally contains one or more additives, preferably one or more surfactants as described above. Additives that are incorporated into the system, preferably at least to some extent, into nanocapsules, can provide further improved or adjusted product properties, particularly in terms of operating voltage, but also, for example, regarding excellent dark conditions, advantageously Low hysteresis and film formation. Advantageously, the method for preparing a composite system provides useful flexibility in terms of when and how additives can be added. In this method, nanocapsules can be provided that already contain one or more additives as such. In an alternative embodiment, however, the nanocapsules provided at the beginning do not contain one or more additives. The nanocapsules are suitable for mixing with one or more binders, and further, the one or more additives are added as described above. In particular, additives such as used in the capsule preparation step (d) can also be advantageously used for preparing the composite system according to the invention. Additives (preferably surfactants) can be added simultaneously with the addition of the adhesive and / or after the addition of the adhesive. However, preferably, the additive is added together with a binder, so that the components including the nanocapsules can be more easily mixed to a greater degree. The one or more adhesives can act as both a dispersant and an adhesive or an adhesive, and in addition provide suitable physical and mechanical stability while maintaining or even enhancing flexibility. Furthermore, advantageously, the density or concentration of the capsule can be adjusted by changing the amount of the provided adhesive or cushioning material. Accordingly, the present invention provides a composite system comprising a nanocapsule, one or more adhesives, and one or more additives according to the present invention, wherein the system is preferably and advantageously capable of being implemented as described above and below Get it. It has been found that discrete nanocapsules can be mixed with an adhesive material, wherein the mixed nanocapsules substantially maintain (preferably completely maintain) their integrity in the composite, but at the same time bind, maintain or seal In the adhesive. In this regard, the adhesive material may be the same material or different materials of the polymeric shell material. Therefore, according to the present invention, these nanocapsules can be dispersed in an adhesive made of the same material or different materials of the material of the nanocapsule shell. Preferably, the adhesive is a different material or at least a modified material. In addition, according to the present invention, one or more additives, preferably surfactants, which suitably affect the properties of the resulting system, are incorporated. The adhesive can be useful in that it can disperse nanocapsules, in which the amount or concentration of the capsules can be set and adjusted. Surprisingly, by providing capsules and suitable adhesives independently, not only can the amount of capsules in the warp composition be tuned, but in particular, if required, very high and even very low levels of capsules can be obtained. Generally, the nanocapsules are included in the composite at a ratio of about 2% to about 95% by weight. Preferably, the composite comprises nanocapsules in a range of 10% to 85% by weight, more preferably 30% to 70% by weight. In a preferred embodiment, the amount of adhesive and nanocapsules used is approximately the same. The amount of additives in the composite system is usually significantly less than the amount of nanocapsules or adhesives. Preferably, the amount of additives in the resulting system is 5 wt% or less, more preferably 2.5 wt% or less, and even more preferably 1 wt% or less, based on the total system composition. Based on the total system composition, the amount of additives in the composite system is particularly preferably set in the range of 0.05% to 1% by weight, and even more preferably set in the range of 0.1% to 1% by weight. The binder material and also preferably additives or a combination of both can improve or affect the coatability or printability and film-forming ability and performance of the capsule. Preferably, the adhesive can provide mechanical support while maintaining a suitable degree of flexibility, and it can be used as a matrix. In addition, the adhesive exhibits suitable and sufficient transparency. In one embodiment, the binder may be selected from, for example, inorganic glass monoliths or other inorganic materials as described, for example, in US 4,814,211. However, preferably, the adhesive is a polymeric material. Suitable materials may be, for example, heat-curable synthetic resins, such as, for example, epoxy resins and polyurethanes. In addition, vinyl compounds and acrylates, specifically, polyvinyl acrylate and polyvinyl acetate can be used. In addition, polymethyl methacrylate, polyurea, polyurethane, urea formaldehyde, melamine formaldehyde, and melamine urea formaldehyde can be used or added. In some embodiments, acrylates and methacrylates are used as adhesives. Particularly preferably, water-soluble polymers are used, such as, for example, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, gelatin, alginate, casein Protein, gum arabic or latex emulsion. The adhesive can be selected, for example, in consideration of setting the respective hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity. In one embodiment, the adhesive (specifically, the dried adhesive) absorbs little or no water. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the one or more adhesives comprise polyvinyl alcohol, which includes partially and fully hydrolyzed PVA. Advantageously, water solubility and hydrophilicity can be adjusted by changing the degree of hydrolysis. Therefore, water intake can be controlled or reduced. Advantageously, the properties of PVA (such as mechanical strength or viscosity) can be set by, for example, adjusting the molecular weight, degree of hydrolysis of PVA, or by chemical modification of PVA. Advantageously, the properties of the adhesive can also be influenced by crosslinking the adhesive. Therefore, in particular, when PVA is provided as a binder, in one embodiment, the binder is crosslinked, preferably by a crosslinker such as a dialdehyde, such as glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, and ethylenediamine. Aldehyde crosslinking. Such crosslinking can, for example, advantageously reduce any tendency to undesired rupture formation. In addition to one or more additives (preferably surfactants) as described above, the composite may further include conventional additives such as stabilizers, antioxidants, free radical scavengers, and / or plasticizers. In the case of adhesives, and in particular PVA, ethylene glycol can be used as a preferred plasticizer. Glycerin may also be used, and / or in addition, 1-octanol is used. In one embodiment, the nanocapsules are mixed with PVA and glycerol, more preferably with PVA, glycerol and 1-octanol, and even more preferably with PVA, glycerol, TEGO® Wet 270 and optionally 1-octanol blend. In addition, in order to favorably affect the film forming properties, a film forming agent (for example, polyacrylic acid) and an antifoaming agent may be added. These reagents can be used to improve film formation and substrate wettability. If necessary, degassing and / or filtering of the coating composition may be performed to further improve the membrane properties. Similarly, setting and adjusting the viscosity of the adhesive can favorably affect the film formation or the separately formed films. A humectant or desiccant can also be added to the adhesive. The adhesive may be provided in the form of a liquid or a paste, wherein, for example, during or after film formation, the carrier medium or solvent (such as water, aqueous solvent, or organic solvent) may be removed from the composite mixture, in particular by evaporation at high temperature. ). Preferably, in some cases the additives may suitably contribute to the mixing of the binder with the nanocapsules and the sufficient combination. In addition, the aggregation of the capsules is suitably avoided or minimized, so that, for example, light leakage can be avoided or minimized, which in turn can make an excellent dark state possible. In addition, the adhesive can be selected so that a high-density nanocapsule can be provided in the composite (eg, in a film formed from the composite). In addition, in the composite, the structural and mechanical advantages of the adhesive can be combined with the favorable electro-optical properties of the LC capsule. This additive can be used to further improve these properties. Using, for example, cellulose or a cellulose derivative, polysiloxane, or a thiol-olefin as the coating, a top coat or a protective layer may be applied to the prepared film containing nanocapsules and an adhesive. In particular, by (re) dispersing the nanocapsules according to the present invention, their nanocapsules can be applied to many different environments. Advantageously, they may be dispersed in the form of a plurality of capsules in the adhesive or separately mixed with the adhesive. The adhesive can improve not only the film-forming behavior, but also the film properties. In particular, the adhesive can hold a capsule with respect to the substrate. Generally, the capsules are randomly distributed or randomly oriented in the adhesive. Due to the LC alignment in the capsule, specifically, in terms of radial alignment, and / or due to the random distribution of the capsule, it can be obtained as optically isotropic or at least substantially optically isotropic on a scale visible to the naked eye Of materials. The composite containing the adhesive material but also the nanocapsule itself may be suitably applied or laminated to the substrate. For example, with conventional coating techniques, such as spin coating, blade coating, or drip coating, a composite or only nanocapsules can be applied to a substrate. Alternatively, they can be applied to a substrate by a conventional and known printing method such as, for example, inkjet printing. Capsules or complexes can also be dissolved in a suitable solvent. The solution is then coated or printed on a substrate, for example, by spin coating or printing or other known techniques, and the solvent is removed by evaporation. In many cases, it is appropriate to heat the mixture to facilitate evaporation of the solvent. As the solvent, for example, water, an aqueous mixture, or a standard organic solvent can be used. Preferably, the material applied to the substrate is a composite, that is, it also contains an adhesive. Generally, a film having a thickness of less than 25 µm, preferably less than 15 µm is formed. In a preferred embodiment, the film made of the composite has a thickness of 0.5 μm to 10 μm, very preferably 1 μm to 7 μm, specifically 2 μm to 5 μm. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the layer thickness is in the range of 2 µm to 4 µm, more preferably 3 µm to 4 µm, and even more preferably 3.5 µm to 4.0 µm. As the substrate, for example, glass, silicon, quartz plate, or plastic film can be used. It is also possible to place the second substrate on top of the applied (preferably coated or printed) material. Isotropic or birefringent substrates can be used. Optical coatings can also be applied, in particular, by optical adhesives. In a preferred embodiment, the substrate may be a flexible material. Where the composite provides flexibility, a generally flexible system or device can thus be obtained. Suitable and preferred plastic substrates are, for example, polyester (such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyethylene naphthalate (PEN)), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polycarbonate (PC ) Or cellulose triacetate (TAC) film, more preferably PET or TAC film. As for the birefringent substrate, for example, a uniaxially stretched plastic film can be used. PET films are commercially available, for example, from DuPont Teijin Films under the trade name Melinex®. The substrates can be transparent and transmissive or reflective. In terms of electro-optical addressing rates, these substrates can exhibit electrodes. In a typical embodiment, a glass substrate having an ITO electrode is provided. In terms of compatibility and depending on the respective application, the electrical and optical properties of the LC material, the polymeric capsule shell and the adhesive are advantageously and preferably matched or consistent. The composite according to the present invention can provide suitable and favorable electro-optical behavior and performance. In this regard, the additive may appropriately affect the behavior and performance. In addition, for example, by better and advantageous reduction of water uptake, excellent physical and chemical stability can be obtained. In particular, good stability and resistance to thermal and mechanical stresses can be achieved, while still providing suitable mechanical flexibility. Preferably, in view of the electrical responsiveness of the LC and a suitable dielectric constant close to the dielectric constant of the LC material to limit the charge at the interface, the adhesive and the preferred polymer shell have relatively large impedances. It was observed that the dielectric constant of the adhesive was high enough to ensure that an effective electric field was applied across the LC medium in the capsule. Any charge or ion content in these materials is preferably minimized to keep the conductivity extremely low. In this regard, it has been found that the properties of the provided adhesive (preferably PVA) can be improved by purification, in particular by removing or reducing the amount of impurities and charged contaminants. For example, the binder (specifically PVA) can be dissolved and washed in deionized water or alcohol, and it can be processed by dialysis or soxhlet purification. In addition, given the best performance in their respective applications, the refractive indices of LC materials, polymeric capsule shells and adhesives are advantageous and better matched or consistent. In particular, the refractive indices of LC materials and adhesives are coordinated. In particular, considering the extraordinary refractive index of LC (ne ), LC ordinary refractive index (no ) Or LC average refractive index (navg ) To set or adjust the refractive index of the adhesive and possibly the refractive index of the capsule polymer. In particular, the refractive index of the binder and the refractive index of the shell polymer can be closely matched to the n of the LC material.e , No Or navg . In one embodiment, the nanocapsules are dispersed in an adhesive, wherein the capsules in the adhesive exhibit a random orientation relative to each other. Regardless of any possible absence or existence of the orientation or orientation of the LC materials in the individual capsules, this random orientation of the capsules relative to each other can cause the LC materials as a whole to provide the observed average refractive index (navg ). Considering the nanometer size of the capsule and its beneficial potential as a very weak light diffuser, in this embodiment, an applied electric field (where the electric field forces the (re) alignment of the LC material) can tune the transmitted light or reflection The phase of light is shifted or retarded, but does not change the apparent scattering, if any. In this case, and in particular when the size of the capsule is significantly smaller than the wavelength of light, the refractive index of the adhesive and the refractive index of the preferred polymeric capsule shell may, for example, be suitably and advantageously adjusted or matched to the LC material navg . Therefore, these nanocapsules can behave as effective nanoscale phase modulators. In the case of the nanometer size of the capsule and the absence of an electric field, specifically, for a size smaller than 400 nm, it can be substantially suppressed, and it is preferable to completely suppress light scattering. In addition, scattering and refraction can be controlled by matching or adjusting the refractive index of LC materials and polymeric materials. When the capsules and their respective LC directors are randomly oriented in the adhesive, in one embodiment, the phase shift is independent of the polarization in terms of normal incident light. In another embodiment, the capsules are aligned and oriented in an adhesive. The composite system according to the present invention advantageously allows for height adaptability and allows for setting and adjustment of several degrees of freedom, especially in terms of tuning electro-optical properties and functionality. For example, the layer or film thickness can be set, adjusted, or changed while the density of the nano-sized LC material in the film can be changed independently, wherein in addition, the size of such nano capsules can be pre-set and therefore adjusted, that is, individual capsule The amount of LC material in the. In addition, the LC medium can be selected to have specific properties, such as suitably high De and Dn values. In a preferred embodiment, the amount of LC in the composition, nanocapsules, and composites is suitably maximized to achieve advantageously high electro-optical performance. According to the present invention, it is possible to advantageously provide a compound having relative ease of production and high processability, which enables good transmittance, low operating voltage, improved VHR, and good dark state. Amazingly, a robust, effective, and efficient system is available that can be applied to a single substrate without any alignment layer or surface friction, and it can exhibit relative insensitivity to layer thickness deviations or external forces such as touch , And in terms of light leakage. In addition, a wide viewing angle can be obtained without providing an alignment layer or an additional blocking layer. Preferably and advantageously, the provided nanocapsules and composite systems exhibit sufficient processability to keep aggregation to a minimum during concentration and filtration of the capsules, mixing with the binder, film formation, and optionally drying the film. Nanocapsules and composite systems according to the present invention can be used in optical and electro-optical applications, in particular in light modulation elements or electro-optical devices, and in particular in displays. For display applications, fast response and switching times can be obtained and thus, for example, fast video and / or continuous color capabilities. In particular, nanocapsules containing LC medium (preferably mixed with an adhesive) are suitable for effectively controlling and modulating light. These can be used, for example, in filters, tunable polarizers and lenses, and phase plates. Regarding phase modulators, they can be used in photonic devices, optical communication and information processing, and three-dimensional displays. Another use is in switchable smart windows or privacy windows. Therefore, advantageously, the present invention provides a light modulation element and an electro-optic modulator. The elements and modulators include nanocapsules according to the present invention, wherein the capsules are preferably mixed and dispersed in an adhesive. The use of one or more additives according to the invention in nanocapsules and / or composite systems can beneficially reduce the operating voltage. At the same time, in addition to beneficially affecting the threshold and switching voltage, other suitable product properties can be obtained. In addition, an electro-optical device, in particular an electro-optical display, is provided which utilizes nanocapsules and / or composite systems as described above and below. In this device, a plurality of nanocapsules are provided. Many of the mesogen compounds or mixtures thereof mentioned above and below are commercially available. All of these compounds are well known to us or can be identified as ourselves in the literature (for example, standard works such as Houben-Weyl's Methoden der Organischen Chemie [Methods of Organic Chemistry], Georg-Thieme-Verlag, Stuttgart) Well-known methods are precisely prepared under the reaction conditions known and applicable to these reactions. This article can also use variations that are known to me but not mentioned here in detail. The medium according to the invention is prepared in a manner known per se. In general, it is preferred that the components dissolve in each other at high temperatures. With the aid of suitable additives, the liquid crystal phase of the present invention can be modified in such a way that they can be used in liquid crystal display elements. Additives of this type are known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in the literature (H. Kelker, R. Hatz, Handbook of Liquid Crystals, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1980). For example, multicolor dyes can be added to make a color guest-host system or substances can be added sequentially to change the dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, and / or alignment of the nematic phase. According to the invention, the term "alkyl" preferably encompasses straight-chain and branched-chain alkyl groups having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, in particular the straight-chain groups methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl , Hexyl and heptyl. Usually a group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkoxy group may be straight or branched, and it is preferably straight and has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms, and therefore, preferably A Oxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy or heptyloxy. According to the invention, the term "alkenyl" preferably encompasses straight-chain and branched alkenyl groups having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, in particular straight-chain groups. Especially preferred alkenyl is C2 -C7 -1E-alkenyl, C4 -C7 -3E-alkenyl, C5 -C7 -4E-alkenyl, C6 -C7 -5E-alkenyl and C7 -6E-alkenyl, specifically C2 -C7 -1E-alkenyl, C4 -C7 -3E-alkenyl and C5 -C7 -4E-alkenyl. Examples of preferred alkenyl are vinyl, 1E-propenyl, 1E-butenyl, 1E-pentenyl, 1E-hexenyl, 1E-heptenyl, 3-butenyl, 3E-pentenyl , 3E-hexenyl, 3E-heptenyl, 4-pentenyl, 4Z-hexenyl, 4E-hexenyl, 4Z-heptenyl, 5-hexenyl and 6-heptenyl. Generally, groups having up to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. Fluorinated alkyl or alkoxy groups preferably include CF3 OCF3 CFH2 , OCFH2 CF2 H, OCF2 H, C2 F5 , OC2 F5 CFHCF3 CFHCF2 H, CFHCFH2 , CH2 CF3 , CH2 CF2 H, CH2 CFH2 CF2 CF2 H, CF2 CFH2 , OCFHCF3 , OCFHCF2 H, OCFHCFH2 , OCH2 CF3 , OCH2 CF2 H, OCH2 CFH2 OCF2 CF2 H, OCF2 CFH2 , C3 F7 Or OC3 F7 , In particular CF3 OCF3 CF2 H, OCF2 H, C2 F5 , OC2 F5 CFHCF3 CFHCF2 H, CFHCFH2 CF2 CF2 H, CF2 CFH2 , OCFHCF3 , OCFHCF2 H, OCFHCFH2 , OCF2 CF2 H, OCF2 CFH2 , C3 F7 Or OC3 F7 , Especially OCF3 Or OCF2 H. In a preferred embodiment, the fluoroalkyl group includes a straight-chain group having terminal fluorine, that is, fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5-fluoropentyl, 6-fluorohexyl and 7-fluoroheptyl. However, other fluorine sites are not excluded. The oxaalkyl group preferably contains formula Cn H2n + 1 -O- (CH2 )m A straight-chain group in which n and m are each independently 1 to 6. Preferably, n = 1 and m is 1 to 6. The oxaalkyl group is preferably a linear 2-oxopropyl (= methoxymethyl), 2-(= ethoxymethyl) or 3-oxobutyl (= 2-methoxyethyl) ), 2-, 3-, or 4-oxapentyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-oxahexyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-oxaheptyl, 2 -, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-oxaoctyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-oxanonyl, or 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8- or 9-oxadecyl. The halogen is preferably F or Cl, and specifically F. If one of the above groups is alkyl, one of them is CH2 The group has been replaced by -CH = CH-, the alkyl group may be straight or branched. It is preferably straight-chain and has 2 to 10 carbon atoms. As such, it is specifically vinyl, prop-1- or prop-2-enyl, but-1-,-2- or but-3-enyl, pent-1-,-2-,-3- Or pent-4-enyl, hex-1-,-2-,-3-,-4- or hex-5-enyl, hept-1-,-2-,-3-,-4-,- 5- or hept-6-alkenyl, oct-1-,-2-,-3-,-4-,-5-,-6- or oct-7-alkenyl, non-1-,-2- , -3-,-4-,-5-,-6-,-7- or non-8-alkenyl, dec-1-,-2-,-3-,-4-,-5-,- 6-, -7-, -8- or dec-9-alkenyl. If one of the above groups is alkyl, one of them is CH2 Radical has -O- substitution and one CH2 Radicals have been -CO- substituted, they are preferably adjacent. Therefore, they include fluorenyl-CO-O- or oxycarbonyl-O-CO-. These are preferably straight-chain and have 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Therefore, they are specifically ethoxyl, propylpyroxy, butylpyroxy, pentylpyroxy, hexamethylpyroxy, ethydrylmethyl, propylpyroxymethyl, butylpyroxy Methyl, pentamyloxymethyl, 2-acetamyloxyethyl, 2-propamyloxyethyl, 2-butamyloxyethyl, 3-acetamyloxypropyl, 3-propanyl Methoxypropyl, 4-ethoxybutyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, pentoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxy Carbonylmethyl, propoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, 2- (methoxycarbonyl) ethyl, 2- (ethoxycarbonyl) ethyl, 2- (propoxycarbonyl) ethyl , 3- (methoxycarbonyl) propyl, 3- (ethoxycarbonyl) propyl or 4- (methoxycarbonyl) butyl. If one of the above groups is alkyl, one of them is CH2 -CH = CH- substitution with an unsubstituted or substituted group and an adjacent CH2 If the group has been replaced by CO, CO-O or O-CO, the alkyl group may be straight or branched. It is preferably straight-chain and has 4 to 13 carbon atoms. Therefore, it is specifically propylene methyloxy, 2-propylene methyloxyethyl, 3-propylene methyloxypropyl, 4-propylene methyloxybutyl, 5-propylene methyloxypentyl, 6-propenyloxyhexyl, 7-propenyloxyheptyl, 8-propenyloxyoctyl, 9-propenyloxynonyl, 10-propenyloxydecyl, methacryloxy Methyl, 2-methacryloxyethyl, 3-methacryloxypropyl, 4-methacryloxybutyl, 5-methacryloxypentyl, 6-methyl Propylene ethoxyhexyl, 7-methacryl ethoxyheptyl, 8-methacryl ethoxy octyl or 9-methacryl ethoxy nonyl. If one of the above groups is via CN or CF3 Mono-substituted alkyl or alkenyl, the group is preferably a straight chain. CN or CF3 The replacement is in any position. If one of the above-mentioned groups is an alkyl or alkenyl group which is mono-substituted by at least a halogen, the group is preferably a straight chain and the halogen is preferably F or Cl, and more preferably F. For polysubstitution, the halogen is preferably F. The resulting groups also include perfluorinated groups. For mono-substitution, the fluorine or chlorine substituent may be at any desired position, but is preferably at the w-position. Compounds containing branched chain groups can sometimes be important due to better solubility in some conventional liquid crystal base materials. However, they are particularly suitable for use as counter-dopants in optically active situations. Such branched chain groups typically do not contain more than one chain branch. Preferred branching groups are isopropyl, 2-butyl (= 1-methylpropyl), isobutyl (= 2-methylpropyl), 2-methylbutyl, isopentyl (= (3-methylbutyl), 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-propylpentyl, isopropoxy, 2-methylpropoxy, 2- Methylbutoxy, 3-methylbutoxy, 2-methylpentoxy, 3-methylpentoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, 1-methylhexyloxy or 1-methyl Heptyloxy. If one of the above groups is an alkyl group, two or more of them are CH2 The group has been replaced with -O- and / or -CO-O-, then it may be straight or branched. It is preferably branched and has 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Therefore, it is specifically biscarboxymethyl, 2,2-biscarboxyethyl, 3,3-biscarboxypropyl, 4,4-biscarboxybutyl, 5,5-biscarboxypentyl, 6, 6-biscarboxyhexyl, 7,7-biscarboxyheptyl, 8,8-biscarboxyoctyl, 9,9-biscarboxynonyl, 10,10-biscarboxydecyl, bis (methoxycarbonyl) formyl Group, 2,2-bis (methoxycarbonyl) ethyl, 3,3-bis (methoxycarbonyl) propyl, 4,4-bis (methoxycarbonyl) butyl, 5,5-bis ( (Methoxycarbonyl) pentyl, 6,6-bis (methoxycarbonyl) hexyl, 7,7-bis (methoxycarbonyl) heptyl, 8,8-bis (methoxycarbonyl) octyl, bis (Ethoxycarbonyl) methyl, 2,2-bis (ethoxycarbonyl) ethyl, 3,3-bis (ethoxycarbonyl) propyl, 4,4-bis (ethoxycarbonyl) butyl Or 5,5-bis (ethoxycarbonyl) pentyl. The LC medium according to the present invention preferably has a nematic phase range between -10 ° C and + 70 ° C. The LC medium may even more suitably have a nematic phase range between -20 ° C and + 80 ° C. It is even more advantageous when the LC medium according to the invention has a nematic phase range between -20 ° C and + 90 ° C. The LC medium according to the present invention preferably has a birefringence of Dn ³ 0.15, more preferably Dn is ³ 0.20, and most preferably Dn is ³ 0.25. The LC dielectric according to the present invention preferably has a dielectric anisotropy De³ + 10, more preferably De³ + 15, and most preferably De³ + 20. The LC medium according to the present invention preferably and advantageously exhibits high reliability and high resistivity (also known as specific resistivity (SR)). The SR value of the LC medium according to the present invention is preferably ³1x1013 W cm, excellent ³1x1014 W cm. Unless otherwise described, the measurement of SR is performed as described in G. Weber et al., Liquid Crystals 5, 1381 (1989). The LC medium according to the present invention also preferably and advantageously exhibits a high voltage holding ratio (VHR), see S. Matsumoto et al., Liquid Crystals 5, 1320 (1989); K. Niwa et al., Proc. SID Conference, San Francisco , June 1984, p. 304 (1984); T. Jacob and U. Finkenzeller, "Merck Liquid Crystals-Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals", 1997. The VHR of the LC medium according to the present invention is preferably ³85%, more preferably ³90%, and even more preferably ³95%. Unless otherwise described, VHR measurements were performed as described in T. Jacob, U. Finkenzeller, "Merck Liquid Crystals-Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals", 1997. Herein, unless explicitly stated otherwise, all concentrations are given in weight percent and refer to the respective complete mixtures, however, excluding water solvents or aqueous phases as shown above. All temperatures are given in degrees Celsius (Celsius, ° C) and all temperature differences are given in degrees Celsius. Unless otherwise stated, all physical properties and physicochemical or electro-optical parameters are determined by generally known methods, specifically according to "Merck Liquid Crystals, Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals", Status, November 1997, Merck KGaA, Germany It is given for a temperature of 20 ° C. In this context, Dn stands for optical anisotropy, where Dn = ne -no And Dε represents the dielectric anisotropy, where Dε = e÷÷ -e^ . Dielectric anisotropy Dε was measured at 20 ° C and 1 kHz. Optical anisotropy Dn was measured at 20 ° C and a wavelength of 589.3 nm. De and Dn values and rotational viscosity of the compounds according to the invention (γ1 ) Is a linear liquid crystal mixture consisting of 5% to 10% of the respective compound according to the invention and 90% to 95% of a commercially available liquid crystal mixture ZLI-2857 or ZLI-4792 (both mixtures from Merck KGaA) Push it. In addition to the commonly used and well-known abbreviations, the following abbreviations are used: C: crystalline phase; N: nematic phase; Sm: smectic phase; I: isotropic phase. Values between these symbols indicate the transition temperature of the substance of interest. In the present invention and especially in the following examples, the structure of the mesogen compounds is indicated by an abbreviation (also known as an acronym). Among these acronyms, the chemical formulas are abbreviated as follows using the following tables A to C. All groups Cn H2n + 1 , Cm H2m + 1 And Cl H2l + 1 Or Cn H2n-1 , Cm H2m-1 And Cl H2l-1 Represents a straight-chain alkyl or alkenyl group each having n, m and l C atoms, preferably a 1-E-alkenyl group. Table A lists the codes for the ring elements used in the core structure of these compounds, while Table B shows the linking groups. Table C provides definitions of codes for left-handed or right-handed end groups. The acronym is composed of a code for a ring element having an optional linking group, a first hyphen followed by a code for a left-hand terminal group, a second hyphen, and a code for a right-hand terminal group. Table D shows illustrative compound structures and their respective abbreviations.table A : Ring element table B : Linker table C : End group Where n and m each represent an integer, and the three points "..." are reserved for other abbreviations in this table. The following table shows illustrative structures and their respective abbreviations. These are shown to illustrate the definition of abbreviation rules. These etc. additionally represent compounds which can be preferably used.table D : Illustrative Structure Among them, n, m, l, and z preferably represent 1 to 7 independently of each other. The following table shows illustrative compounds that can be used as additional stabilizers in the mesogens according to the present invention.table E Table E shows possible stabilizers that can be added to the LC medium according to the present invention, where n represents an integer from 1 to 12, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, without showing terminal alpha. base. The LC medium preferably contains 0 to 10% by weight, in particular 1 ppm to 5% by weight, particularly preferably 1 ppm to 1% by weight of a stabilizer. Table F below shows illustrative compounds which can be preferably used as palmitic dopants in the mesogens according to the invention.table F In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the mesogen comprises one or more compounds selected from the compounds shown in Table F. The mesogen according to the present invention preferably contains two or more kinds, preferably four or more kinds of compounds selected from the compounds shown in Tables D to F above. The LC medium according to the present invention preferably contains three or more, more preferably five or more compounds shown in Table D. The following examples merely illustrate the present invention and the like and should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. Those skilled in the art will understand the examples and their modifications or other equivalents according to the present invention.Examples In the example, Vo Represents threshold voltage, capacitance [V], n at 20 ° Ce Indicates the extraordinary refractive index at 20 ° C and 589 nm, no Indicates the ordinary refractive index at 20 ° C and 589 nm, Dn indicates the optical anisotropy at 20 ° C and 589 nm, e÷÷ The dielectric permittivity parallel to the director at 20 ° C and 1 kHz, e^ Indicates the dielectric permittivity perpendicular to the director at 20 ° C and 1 kHz, De indicates the dielectric anisotropy at 20 ° C and 1 kHz, cl.p., T (N, I) indicates the clarification point [° C ], G1 Represents the rotational viscosity measured at 20 ° C [mPa × s], measured in a magnetic field by the rotation method, K1 Elastic constant [pN] representing the "stretch" deformation at 20 ° C, K2 Elastic constant [pN], which represents the "torsional" deformation at 20 ° C, K3 The elastic constant [pN], which represents the "bending" deformation at 20 ° C. The term "threshold voltage" used in the present invention refers to the threshold value of capacitance (V0 ). In these examples, as usual, the optical threshold may also indicate a 10% relative contrast (V10 ).Reference example 1 The liquid crystal mixture B-1 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-1 Reference example 2 The liquid crystal mixture B-2 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-2 Reference example 3 The liquid crystal mixture B-3 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-3 Reference example 4 The liquid crystal mixture B-4 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-4 Reference example 5 The liquid crystal mixture B-5 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-5 Reference example 6 The liquid crystal mixture B-6 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-6 Reference example 7 The liquid crystal mixture B-7 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-7 Reference example 8 The liquid crystal mixture B-8 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-8 Reference example 9 The liquid crystal mixture B-9 was prepared and characterized in terms of its general physical properties, and its composition and properties are shown in the following table. Basic mixture B-9 Examples 1 Preparation of Nano Capsules Weigh LC mixture B-1 (1.00 g), hexadecane (175 mg), methyl methacrylate (100 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (40 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 300 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® L23 (50 mg) (from Sigma Aldrich) was placed in a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and water (150 g) was added. Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated in an ultrasonic bath for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® The L23 surfactant aqueous solution was poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBN (35 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 213 nm and were measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer).Additives Two portions from the obtained nanocapsule samples each containing 0.21 g of nanocapsules in a 20 ml solution were added to a centrifuge tube, respectively. In a centrifuge tube, place 0.01 g of Brij® L23 and Triton X-100 (Sigma Aldrich) were added to 0.1 ml of water, respectively. In a centrifuge tube, place 0.01 g of Brij® L4 (Sigma Aldrich) and TEGO® Wet 270 (from Evonik) was added separately to 0.1 ml of isopropyl alcohol (IPA). A 20 ml portion of the obtained nanocapsule sample (0.21 g) was added to the four centrifuge tubes each containing an additive. The six centrifuge tubes were placed on a roller for 48 hours. Then, the respective particle suspension was concentrated by centrifugation, in which the centrifuge tubes were placed in a centrifuge (ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos) and centrifuged at 6,500 rpm for 10 minutes and then at 15,000 rpm for 20 minutes. The obtained granules were separately dispersed in 1 ml of a supernatant.30% Solid content PVA Preparation of adhesives First, wash PVA (Molecular Weight of PVA in Soxhlet Unit)w : 31k; 88% hydrolyzed) for 3 days to remove ions. Add 46.66 g of deionized water to a 150 ml bottle, add a large magnetic stir bar and place the bottle on a 50 ° C stirrer hot plate and bring it to this temperature. Weigh 20.00 g of washed 31k PVA of solids into a beaker. A vortex was established in the bottle and 31 k PVA was gradually added over about 5 minutes and stopped to disperse the floating PVA into the mixture. Turn the hot plate to 90 ° C and continue stirring for 2 to 3 hours. The bottle was placed in an oven at 80 ° C for 20 hours. The mixture was filtered through a 50 μm cloth filter at a pressure of 0.5 bar while still warm. Replace the filter with Millipore 5 μm SVPP filter and repeat the filtration. Weigh an empty DSC disc by using a DSC microbalance, add about 40 mg of the adhesive mixture to the DSC disc and record the mass, place the disc on a 60 ° C hot plate for 1 hour, and then place on a 110 ° C hot plate for 10 In minutes, the disk was removed from the hot plate and allowed to cool, the mass of the dry disk was recorded, and the solid content was calculated to measure the solids content of the filtered adhesive 3 times and calculate the average.Preparation of composite systems Unwanted agglutination or clumping of the six nanocapsule samples obtained was examined microscopically at the beginning and after film formation. The solid content of each concentrated nanocapsule suspension was measured, where the solid content of each sample was measured 3 times and the average value was calculated. Samples were weighed in an empty DSC pan using a DSC microbalance, where each sample was added to the DSC pan and the mass was recorded. The plate was placed on a 60 ° C hot plate for 1 hour, and then on a 110 ° C hot plate for 10 minutes. Remove the pan from the hot plate and allow it to cool. Record the mass of the dry pan and calculate the solids content. The prepared PVA was added to individual concentrated nanocapsule samples, in which about 30% of the washed 31k PVA mixture was added to 2.5 ml vials, and individual nanocapsules were then added to the vials. The weight ratio of PVA to capsules is 50:50. Deionized water was added to obtain a total solids content of 20%. The mixture was stirred using a vortex mixer and the mixture was left on the roll overnight to allow the PVA to disperse.Film Preparation on Substrate The substrate used is IPS (In-Plane Switching) glass, which has an ITO-coated interdigitated electrode with an electrode width of 4 μm and a gap of 8 μm. The substrates were placed in a rack and a plastic box for washing. Deionized water was added and the samples were placed in an ultrasound apparatus for 10 minutes. Remove the substrates from the water and blot dry with a paper towel to remove excess water. Repeated washing with acetone, 2-propanol (IPA) and finally water for ion chromatography. These substrates were then dried using a compressed air gun. The substrates were treated with UV-ozone for 10 minutes. Then, each of the six composite systems including each nanocapsule and the adhesive was coated on a substrate. Using a coater (K Control Coater, RK PrintCoat Instruments, bar coating with k rod 1 at a coating speed of 7), 40 µL of the mixture was coated into a film. The sample was dried on a hot plate at 60 ° C for 10 minutes, covered with a lid to prevent ventilation and prevent contaminants from falling on the membrane. The film appearance was recorded. Between measurements, the produced film was stored in a dry box. The film thickness was measured by removing the film from above the electrical contacts with a squeegee. In the middle electrode area, a surface profiler (Dektak XT surface profiler, Bruker) was used to measure the film thickness with a stylus force of 5 mg, a scan length of 3000 nm, and a time of 30 seconds.Measurement of electro-optical properties Check the uniformity and defects of the appearance of each film with your eyes. Weld two electrodes to glass. The voltage-transmittance curve was measured using a dynamic scan mode (DSM). Using a microscope, record dark and bright images at the required voltages of 0% or 10% and 90% transmittance, respectively. Measure the switching speed at a modulation frequency of 150 Hz at 40 ° C and 25 ° C and optionally at 10 Hz. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film including nanocapsules and adhesives are provided in the table below. In this and the following examples, at V50 Lower judgment lag. The electro-optical properties shown in the table below were measured on a display measurement system (Autronic-Melchers), where the backlight intensity was regarded as 100% transmittance T and the dark state between the crossed polarizers was regarded as 0% transmittance T And it is switched at 1 kHz and 24 ° C. Among the advantages, specifically the improved dark state and reduced hysteresis, it was found that these additives can suitably contribute to reducing the operating voltage.Examples 2 Weigh LC mixture B-1 (1.00 g), hexadecane (175 mg), methyl methacrylate (100 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (40 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 300 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® 58 (50 mg) (Sigma-Aldrich) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® 58 Surfactant aqueous solution is poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was then further processed and studied as described above in Example 1.Examples 3 Weigh LC mixture B-1 (2.01 g), hexadecane (358 mg), ethylene dimethacrylate (597 mg), 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (80 mg), and methyl methacrylate (190 mg) into a 400 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® 58 (100 mg) to a 400 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (250 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. The Brij surfactant solution was poured directly into the beaker containing the organics. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 10 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AAPH (20 mg), it was heated to 73 ° C for four hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 230 nm and a polydispersity of 0.051 as determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). The sample was concentrated before further use. This concentration was performed by passing the sample through a cross-flow filtration device (Vivaflow 200 from Sartorius, membrane has a cut-off molecular weight of 100,000 Da) at a flow rate of 100 ml / min until the volume was reduced by half. The sample was then transferred to a reservoir with a vacuum-fitted lid and the same device was used with 450 ml of water and Brij® Wash with 58 (200 mg). After washing the samples, the device was operated in concentrated mode and continued at 100 ml / min until it reached a minimum volume. The sample was removed by a filtering device and it was suitable for further use. The solids content of this sample was measured to be 19%. Then, a composite system with an adhesive and a coating film was prepared as described in Example 1, wherein, however, the weight ratio of the capsules to the PVA was 60:40. Coated samples have a V of 41 V90 And 1.25% darkness transmission.Examples 4 Preparation of Nano Capsules Weigh LC mixture B-8 (1.00 g), methyl methacrylate (165 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (75 mg) and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate (660 mg) to 250 ml high In the beaker. Weigh Brij® L23 (150 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® The L23 surfactant aqueous solution was poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBN (35 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 167 nm and were determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer).Additives A 0.40 g nanocapsule from a portion of the resulting nanocapsule sample contained in a 20 ml solution was added to a centrifuge tube. In a centrifuge tube, add 0.019 g of Triton X-100 to 0.1 ml of water. In a centrifuge tube, put 0.019 g of Brij® L4, 0.019 g FluorN 561 (from Cytonix) and 0.019 g TEGO® Wet 270 was added to 0.1 ml of isopropyl alcohol (IPA). A 20 ml portion of the obtained nanocapsule sample (0.40 g) was added to the four centrifuge tubes each containing an additive. The five centrifuge tubes were placed on a roller for 48 hours. Then, the respective particle suspension was concentrated by centrifugation, in which the centrifuge tubes were placed in a centrifuge (ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos) and centrifuged at 6,500 rpm for 10 minutes and at 15,000 rpm for 20 minutes. The obtained granules were separately redispersed in 0.7 ml of a supernatant.PVA Preparation of adhesives and composite systems and preparation of substrate film PVA adhesives, composite systems, and films were prepared as described in Example 1.Measurement of electro-optical properties Check the uniformity and defects of the appearance of each film with your eyes. Weld two electrodes to glass. The voltage-transmittance curve was measured using a dynamic scan mode (DSM). Using a microscope, record dark and bright images at the required voltages of 0% or 10% and 90% transmittance, respectively. Measure the switching speed at a modulation frequency of 150 Hz at 40 ° C and 25 ° C and optionally at 10 Hz. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film including nanocapsules and adhesives are provided in the table below. The electro-optical properties shown in the table below were measured on a display measurement system (Autronic-Melchers), where the backlight intensity was regarded as 100% transmittance T and the dark state between the crossed polarizers was regarded as 0% transmittance T And it is switched at 1 kHz and 24 ° C. Among the advantages, in particular the improved dark state and reduced lag, it was found that these additives can suitably contribute to reducing the operating voltage.Examples 5 Preparation of Nano Capsules Weigh LC mixture B-1 (6.00 g), hexadecane (300 mg), methyl methacrylate (225 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (510 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 2000 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® L23 (450 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® The L23 surfactant aqueous solution was poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBN (75 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 173 nm, as determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). The resulting nanoparticle suspension was concentrated by centrifugation, in which the centrifuge tubes were placed in a centrifuge (ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos) and centrifuged at 6,500 rpm for 10 minutes and at 15,000 rpm for 20 minutes.Additives 0.32 g of the obtained granules were re-dispersed in 1 ml of the supernatant and placed in a 2.5 ml glass bottle. 0.01 g Brij® L23, Triton X-100, TEGO® Wet 270 and FluorN 322 were added to 0.99 g of acetone in a 2.5 ml glass bottle. Acetone was then evaporated on a hot plate at 40 ° C for 10 minutes. A 1 ml portion of the obtained nanocapsules (0.32 g) was added to four 2.5 ml glass bottles each containing an additive. The five glass tubes were placed on a roller for 48 hours.PVA Preparation of adhesives and composite systems and preparation of substrate film PVA adhesives, composite systems, and films were prepared as described for Example 1.Determination of electro-optical properties Check the uniformity and defects of the appearance of each film with your eyes. Weld two electrodes to glass. The voltage-transmittance curve was measured using a dynamic scan mode (DSM). Using a microscope, record dark and bright images at the required voltages of 0% or 10% and 90% transmittance, respectively. Measure the switching speed at a modulation frequency of 150 Hz at 40 ° C and 25 ° C and optionally at 10 Hz. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film including nanocapsules and adhesives are provided in the table below. The electro-optical properties shown in the table below were measured on a display measurement system (Autronic-Melchers), where the backlight intensity was regarded as 100% transmittance T and the dark state between the crossed polarizers was regarded as 0% transmittance T And it is switched at 1 kHz and 24 ° C. Among the advantages, specifically the improved dark state and reduced hysteresis, it was found that these additives can suitably contribute to reducing the operating voltage.Examples 6 Preparation of Nano Capsules Weigh LC mixture B-1 (1.00 g), hexadecane (179 mg), methyl methacrylate (102 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (40 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 303 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® L23 (50 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® The L23 surfactant aqueous solution was poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBN (35 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 167 nm and were determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). The resulting nanoparticle suspension was concentrated by centrifugation, in which the centrifuge tubes were placed in a centrifuge (ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos) and centrifuged at 6,500 rpm for 10 minutes and at 15,000 rpm for 20 minutes.PVA Preparation of adhesives A PVA adhesive was prepared as described for Example 1.Preparation of composite systems Nanocapsules prepared by 0.22 g in 1.5 ml of solution and PVA prepared by 0.33 g in 1.2 ml of aqueous solution were mixed to obtain a weight ratio of 60:40 PVA to capsule. The mixture was stirred using a vortex mixer and the mixture was left on the roll overnight to allow the PVA to disperse. Three separate portions were prepared from this mixture. One of these parts is used for film formation without further addition of additives, and the other two parts are added as follows.Additives 0.2 mLTEGO in 0.02 g of acetone® Wet 270 and 0.2 mL TEGO in 0.02 g isopropyl alcohol (IPA)® Wet 280 (from Evonik) was added to separate bottles. The solvent was evaporated over the next 24 hours. A 0.20 g portion of the prepared PVA and nanocapsule mixture was added to each bottle. Will contain TEGO® Wet 270 or TEGO® The Wet 280 mixture was further mixed for 24 hours.Preparation of film on substrate The film was prepared as described for Example 1.Measurement of electro-optical properties Check the uniformity and defects of the appearance of each film with your eyes. Weld two electrodes to glass. The voltage-transmittance curve was measured using a dynamic scan mode (DSM). Using a microscope, record dark and bright images at the required voltages of 0% or 10% and 90% transmittance, respectively. Measure the switching speed at a modulation frequency of 150 Hz at 40 ° C and 25 ° C and optionally at 10 Hz. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film including nanocapsules and adhesives are provided in the table below. The electro-optical properties shown in the table below were measured on a display measurement system (Autronic-Melchers), where the backlight intensity was regarded as 100% transmittance T and the dark state between the crossed polarizers was regarded as 0% transmittance T And it is switched at 1 kHz and 24 ° C. Among the advantages, specifically the improved dark state and reduced hysteresis, it was found that these additives can suitably contribute to reducing the operating voltage.Examples 7 to 14 Instead of B-1, separately treat the LC mixtures B-2, B-3, B-4, B-5, B-6, B-7, B-8, and B-9 as described in Example 1 above to Preparation of nanocapsules, composite systems with adhesives, and coated films.Examples 15 The LC mixture B-1 was treated as described above in Example 1 to prepare nanocapsules, a composite system with an adhesive, and a coated film, wherein 1,4-pentanediol (Example 15.1), ten were used instead. Dioxane (Example 15.2) or tetradecane (Example 15.3) replaced cetane.Examples 16 Weigh LC mixture B-3 (1.0 g), ethylene dimethacrylate (0.34 g), 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (0.07 g) and hexadecane (0.25 g) into a 250 ml tall beaker in. The mixture was processed and studied as described above in Example 1.Examples 17 Weigh LC mixture B-1 (2.66 g), hexadecane (0.66 g) and methyl methacrylate (3.30 g) into a 250 ml tall beaker. The mixture was processed and studied as described above in Example 4.Examples 18 Preparation of Nano Capsules Comparative example 18.1 Weigh LC mixture B-1 (1.00 g), hexadecane (175 mg), methyl methacrylate (100 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (40 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 300 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® L23 (50 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. Pour the aqueous surfactant solution directly into the beaker containing the organics. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBN (35 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 167 nm and were determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). The resulting nanoparticle suspension was concentrated by centrifugation, in which the centrifuge tubes were placed in a centrifuge (ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos) and centrifuged at 6,500 rpm for 10 minutes and at 15,000 rpm for 20 minutes. The solid content was measured three times in a DSC dish containing approximately 40 mL of concentrated nanocapsules on a hot plate at 40 ° C for 10 minutes.Examples 18.2 , 18.3 and 18.4 The preparation of the nanocapsules was repeated as described for Comparative Example 18.1, wherein, however, except for Brij® In addition to L23 (50 mg), weigh 50 mg of TEGO® Wet 270 (Example 18.2), 50 mg Triton X-100 (Example 18.3) or 50 mg Brij® L4 (Example 18.4) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask.PVA Preparation of adhesives A PVA adhesive was prepared as described for Example 1.Preparation of composite systems A centrifugal suspension containing 0.5 g of each nanocapsule prepared was mixed with PVA to obtain a weight ratio of PVA to capsule of 60:40. Use a vortex mixer to stir the four mixtures and leave the mixtures on the roll overnight.Preparation of film on substrate The film was prepared as described for Example 1.Determination of electro-optical properties Check the uniformity and defects of the appearance of each film with your eyes. Weld two electrodes to glass. The voltage-transmittance curve was measured using a dynamic scan mode (DSM). Using a microscope, record dark and bright images at the required voltages of 0% or 10% and 90% transmittance, respectively. Measure the switching speed at a modulation frequency of 150 Hz at 40 ° C and 25 ° C and optionally at 10 Hz. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film including nanocapsules and adhesives are provided in the table below. The electro-optical properties shown in the table below were measured on a display measurement system (Autronic-Melchers), where the backlight intensity was regarded as 100% transmittance T and the dark state between the crossed polarizers was regarded as 0% transmittance T And it is switched at 1 kHz and 24 ° C. Among the advantages, specifically the improved dark state and reduced hysteresis, it was found that these additives can suitably contribute to reducing the operating voltage.Examples 19 Weigh LC mixture B1 (2.00 g), 1,4-pentanediol (102 mg), ethylene dimethacrylate (658 mg), 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (77 mg), and methacrylic acid Methyl ester (162 mg) in a 250 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® L23 (100 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (100 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. The Brij surfactant solution was poured directly into the beaker containing the organics. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 10 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, the coarse emulsion is circulated through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi for eight minutes. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AAPH (20 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for four hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 180 nm and were measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). The resulting sample was then further processed as described in Example 1.Examples 20 Weigh LC mixture B-9 (2.00 g), hexadecane (100 mg), methyl methacrylate (100 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (130 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 198 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. Weigh Brij® L23 (300 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (100 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® The L23 surfactant aqueous solution was poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBA (20 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 129 nm and were measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer).Additives A portion of the obtained nanocapsule sample containing 0.28 g of nanocapsules in a 20 ml solution was added to a centrifuge tube. In a centrifuge tube, add 0.01 g of Triton X-100 to 0.1 ml of water. In a centrifuge tube, place 0.01 g of Brij® L4, 0.01 g FluorN 322, and 0.01 g TEGO® Wet 270 was added to 0.1 ml of isopropyl alcohol (IPA). A 20 ml portion of the obtained nanocapsule sample (0.28 g) was added to the four centrifuge tubes each containing an additive. The five centrifuge tubes were placed on a roller for 48 hours. Then, the respective particle suspensions were concentrated by centrifugation, wherein the centrifuge tubes were placed in a centrifuge (ThermoFisher Biofuge Stratos) and centrifuged at 6,500 rpm for 10 minutes and at 15,000 rpm for 20 minutes. The obtained granules were separately redispersed in 0.7 ml of a supernatant.PVA Preparation of adhesives and composite systems and preparation of substrate film PVA adhesives, composite systems, and films were prepared as described in Example 1.Measurement of electro-optical properties Check the uniformity and defects of the appearance of each film with your eyes. Weld two electrodes to glass. The voltage-transmittance curve was measured using a dynamic scan mode (DSM). Using a microscope, record dark and bright images at the required voltages of 0% or 10% and 90% transmittance, respectively. Measure the switching speed at a modulation frequency of 150 Hz at 40 ° C and 25 ° C and optionally at 10 Hz. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film including nanocapsules and adhesives are provided in the table below. The electro-optical properties shown in the table below were measured on a display measurement system (Autronic-Melchers), where the backlight intensity was regarded as 100% transmittance T and the dark state between the crossed polarizers was regarded as 0% transmittance T And it is switched at 1 kHz and 24 ° C. Among the advantages, in particular the improved dark state, it was found that these additives can suitably contribute to reducing the operating voltage.Examples twenty one Weigh LC mixture B-1 (1.00 g), hexadecane (175 mg), methyl methacrylate (100 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (40 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate (300 mg) to each of four 250 ml tall beakers. Weigh Brij® L23 (50 mg) to the first 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Will Brij® L23 (50 mg), water (150 g) and each Brij® L4 (50 mg), TEGO® Wet 270 (50 mg) or Triton X-100 (50 mg) was added to three more 250 ml Erlenmeyer flasks. Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. The four aqueous solutions were poured directly into four beakers containing organic matter. The mixtures were mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing was completed, the coarse emulsion was passed through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times each. The four mixtures were added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBA (20 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the resulting materials were subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. Obtained Comparative Example 21.1 (Brij only® L23) capsules have an average size of 129 nm, as determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). Resulting Example 21.2 (Extra Brij® L4) capsules have an average size of 192 nm, as determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). Resulting Example 21.3 (Extra TEGO® Wet 270) capsules have an average size of 200 nm, as determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). The resulting capsule of Example 21.4 (Extra Triton X-100) had an average size of 180 nm and was determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). Then, a composite system and membrane containing four nanocapsule samples were prepared as described in Comparative Example 1.1. Electro-optic properties were measured as described in Example 1. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film including nanocapsules and adhesives are provided in the table below. Among other advantages, specifically the improved dark state and reduced hysteresis, it has been found that these additives can suitably contribute to reducing the operating voltage.Examples twenty two The LC mixture B-1 was treated as described above in Example 1 to prepare nanocapsules, a composite system with an adhesive, and a coated film, wherein 100 mg of hexadecane and 75 mg of 1,5- Dimethyltetrahydronaphthalene (Example 22.1), 100 mg hexadecane and 75 mg 3-phenoxytoluene (Example 22.2), 100 mg hexadecane and 75 mg cyclohexane (Example 22.3) or 100 mg hexadecane Alkane and 75 mg of 5-hydroxy-2-pentanone (Example 22.4) replaced 175 mg of cetane.Examples twenty three Weigh LC mixture B-1 (1.00 g), hexadecane (125 mg), methyl methacrylate (100 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (40 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 300 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. In addition, 50 mg of PEG methyl ether methacrylate was added. Weigh Brij® L23 (50 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Then, the mixture is ultrasonicated for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® The L23 surfactant aqueous solution was poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBA (20 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 211 nm and were measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). Then, a composite system and a membrane including a nanocapsule sample were prepared as described in Comparative Example 1.1. Electro-optic properties were measured as described in Example 1. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film (3.42 µm) are: V90 = 51.5 V; at V90 Lower T = 13.8%; at V0 The next T = 1.07%; hysteresis = 1.1 V.Examples twenty four Weigh LC mixture B-1 (1.00 g), hexadecane (100 mg), methyl methacrylate (16 mg), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (89 mg), and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate ( 250 mg) into a 250 ml tall beaker. In addition, 100 mg of stearyl methacrylate was added. Weigh Brij® L23 (75 mg) into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add water (150 g). Then, the mixture was subjected to ultrasonic treatment for 5 to 10 minutes. Will Brij® The L23 surfactant aqueous solution was poured directly into a beaker containing organic matter. The mixture was mixed via turrax at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Once the turrax mixing is complete, pass the coarse emulsion through a high pressure homogenizer at 30,000 psi four times. The mixture was added to a flask and a condenser was installed, and after adding AIBA (20 mg), it was heated to 70 ° C for three hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, and then the material was subjected to dimensional analysis on a Zetasizer (Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) instrument. The resulting capsules had an average size of 178 nm and were determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) analysis (Zetasizer). Then, a composite system and a membrane including a nanocapsule sample were prepared as described in Comparative Example 1.1. Electro-optic properties were measured as described in Example 1. The measured electro-optical parameters of the prepared film (4.70 µm) are: V90 = 64.5 V; at V90 T = 14.3%; at V0 T = 0.59%; Hysteresis = 4.8 V.

Claims (16)

一種用於製備奈米膠囊之方法,其中該方法包括 (a) 提供組合物,其包含 (i) 液晶原介質,其包含一或多種式I化合物 R-A-Y-A'-R' I 其中 R及R' 彼此獨立地表示選自F、CF3 、OCF3 、CN及具有1至15個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烷基或烷氧基或具有2至15個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烯基之基團,該基團係未經取代、經CN或CF3 單取代或經鹵素單-或多取代且其中一或多個CH2 基可在各情況彼此獨立地經-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-或-C≡C-以使氧原子彼此不直接連接的方式置換, A及A' 彼此獨立地表示選自-Cyc-、-Phe-、-Cyc-Cyc-、-Cyc-Phe-、-Phe-Phe-、-Cyc-Cyc-Cyc-、-Cyc-Cyc-Phe-、-Cyc-Phe-Cyc-、-Cyc-Phe-Phe-、-Phe-Cyc-Phe-、-Phe-Phe-Phe-及其各自的鏡像之基團, 其中Cyc為反-1,4-伸環己基,其中一或兩個非相鄰CH2 基可經O置換,且其中Phe為1,4-伸苯基,其中一或兩個非相鄰CH基可經N置換及其可經一或兩個F取代,且 Y 表示單鍵、-COO-、-CH2 CH2 -、-CF2 CF2 -、-CH2 O-、-CF2 O-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-或-C≡C-,及 (ii) 一或多種可聚合化合物, (b) 使用一種界面活性劑將該組合物呈奈米液滴分散於水相中, (c) 聚合該一或多種可聚合化合物以得到各包含聚合殼及含有該液晶原介質之核之奈米膠囊, 其中,另外地將一或多種添加劑 -在聚合之前添加至該組合物或各自的該等奈米液滴 及/或 -添加至該等所得奈米膠囊。A method for preparing a nanocapsule, wherein the method comprises (a) providing a composition comprising (i) a mesogen, comprising one or more compounds of formula I RAY-A'-R 'I wherein R and R '' Independent of each other is selected from the group consisting of F, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN and a straight or branched chain alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or a straight or branched chain having 2 to 15 carbon atoms An alkenyl group which is unsubstituted, mono- or CN-CF 3 substituted, or mono- or poly-substituted by halogen, and in which case one or more CH 2 groups may be independently -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, or -C≡C- is substituted so that oxygen atoms are not directly connected to each other, and A and A 'are independently selected from -Cyc- , -Phe-, -Cyc-Cyc-, -Cyc-Phe-, -Phe-Phe-, -Cyc-Cyc-Cyc-, -Cyc-Cyc-Phe-, -Cyc-Phe-Cyc-, -Cyc- Phe-Phe-, -Phe-Cyc-Phe-, -Phe-Phe-Phe- and their respective mirror-image groups, where Cyc is trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, one or two of which are not adjacent CH 2 O group may be substituted, and wherein Phe is 1,4-phenylene, in which one or two non-adjacent CH groups may be replaced by N and F may be substituted with one or two Generation, and Y represents a single bond, -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF- or -C≡C-, and (ii) one or more polymerizable compounds, (b) using a surfactant to disperse the composition as nano droplets in the aqueous phase, and (c) polymerizing the one or more polymerizable compounds Compounds to obtain nanocapsules each comprising a polymeric shell and a core containing the mesogen, wherein one or more additives are additionally added to the composition or the respective nanodroplets and / or before the polymerization -Added to the resulting nanocapsules. 如請求項1之方法,其中該一或多種添加劑係於根據步驟(c)之聚合之後在步驟(d)中添加至該等所得奈米膠囊。The method of claim 1, wherein the one or more additives are added to the resulting nanocapsules in step (d) after polymerization according to step (c). 如請求項2之方法,其中在得到該等奈米膠囊之後,於另一步驟中耗盡、移除或交換水相,及 其中根據步驟(d)之一或多種添加劑之該添加係在耗盡、移除或交換水相之該另一步驟之前及/或之後進行。The method of claim 2, wherein after the nanocapsules are obtained, the water phase is depleted, removed or exchanged in another step, and the addition of one or more additives according to step (d) is consumed It is performed before and / or after this further step of removing, removing or exchanging the aqueous phase. 如請求項1之方法,其中該另外添加之一或多種添加劑,較佳地,添加至該等所得奈米膠囊之該一或多種添加劑為界面活性劑。The method of claim 1, wherein the additional one or more additives are added, preferably the one or more additives added to the resulting nanocapsules are surfactants. 如請求項1之方法,其中如在(a)中提供之該組合物進一步包含一或多種有機溶劑。The method of claim 1, wherein the composition as provided in (a) further comprises one or more organic solvents. 如請求項1之方法,其中如請求項1中所述之一或多種可聚合化合物包含選自一種、兩種或更多種丙烯酸酯基、甲基丙烯酸酯基及乙酸乙烯酯基之可聚合基團。The method of claim 1, wherein one or more of the polymerizable compounds as described in claim 1 comprises a polymerizable compound selected from one, two or more acrylate groups, methacrylate groups, and vinyl acetate groups. Group. 如請求項1至6中任一項之方法,其中包含於如請求項1中所述之液晶原介質中之該一或多種式I化合物係選自式Ia、Ib、Ic及Id之化合物其中 R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 及R6 彼此獨立地表示具有1至15個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烷基或烷氧基或具有2至15個碳原子之直鏈或分支鏈烯基,該基團係未經取代、經CN或CF3 單取代或經鹵素單-或多取代且其中一或多個CH2 基可在各情況中彼此獨立地經-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-或-C≡C-以使氧原子彼此不直接連接的方式置換, X1 及X2 彼此獨立地表示F、CF3 、OCF3 或CN, L1 、L2 、L3 、L4 及L5 彼此獨立地為H或F, i 為1或2,且 j及k 彼此獨立地為0或1。The method of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the one or more compounds of formula I contained in the liquid crystalline original medium as described in claim 1 are compounds selected from the group consisting of formulas Ia, Ib, Ic, and Id Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 independently of each other represent a straight or branched chain alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or a group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms A linear or branched alkenyl group, which is unsubstituted, monosubstituted by CN or CF 3 or mono- or poly-substituted by halogen and in which one or more CH 2 groups can be independently of each other via- O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, or -C≡C- are replaced so that oxygen atoms are not directly connected to each other, and X 1 and X 2 independently represent F , CF 3 , OCF 3 or CN, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 and L 5 are each independently H or F, i is 1 or 2 and j and k are 0 or 1 independently of each other. 一種奈米膠囊,其係藉由實施如請求項1至7中任一項之方法得到或可藉由實施其得到。A nanocapsule is obtained by implementing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 7 or is obtainable by implementing it. 一種奈米膠囊,其各自包含 聚合殼, 包含如請求項1或7中所述之液晶原介質之核, 及一或多種添加劑。A nanocapsule, each of which comprises a polymeric shell, a core of a mesogen as described in claim 1 or 7, and one or more additives. 一種用於製備複合系統之方法,其中該方法包括 - 提供奈米膠囊,其各自包含 聚合殼, 包含如請求項1或7中所述之液晶原介質之核, 及視需要選用之一或多種添加劑, - 添加一或多種黏合劑至該等奈米膠囊,及 - 在添加該一或多種黏合劑的同時或之後,添加一或多種添加劑。A method for preparing a composite system, wherein the method comprises-providing nanocapsules, each of which comprises a polymeric shell, including a core of a mesogen as described in claim 1 or 7, and using one or more kinds as required Additives,-add one or more adhesives to the nanocapsules, and-add one or more additives at the same time or after adding the one or more adhesives. 如請求項10之方法,其中該一或多種黏合劑包含聚乙烯醇。The method of claim 10, wherein the one or more adhesives comprise polyvinyl alcohol. 一種複合系統,其係藉由實施如請求項10或11之方法得到或可藉由實施其得到。A composite system, which is obtained by implementing the method as claimed in claim 10 or 11, or is obtainable by implementing it. 一種複合系統,其包含 - 奈米膠囊,其各自包含 聚合殼,及 包含如請求項1或7中所述之液晶原介質之核, - 一或多種黏合劑,及 - 一或多種添加劑。A composite system comprising-nanocapsules, each of which comprises a polymeric shell, and a core comprising a mesogen as described in claim 1 or 7,-one or more binders, and-one or more additives. 一種如請求項8或9之奈米膠囊或如請求項12或13之複合系統於光調變元件或電光裝置中之用途。A nanocapsule as claimed in claim 8 or 9 or a composite system as claimed in claim 12 or 13 in a light modulating element or electro-optical device. 一種電光裝置,其包括如請求項8或9之奈米膠囊或如請求項12或13之複合系統。An electro-optical device comprising a nanocapsule as claimed in claim 8 or 9 or a composite system as claimed in claim 12 or 13. 一種一或多種添加劑於包含聚合殼及包含如請求項1或7中所述之液晶原介質之核之奈米膠囊中或於包含該等奈米膠囊及一或多種黏合劑之複合物中之用途,其用於減小切換電壓。One or more additives in a nanocapsule comprising a polymeric shell and a core comprising a liquid crystalline precursor medium as described in claim 1 or 7 or in a composite comprising such nanocapsules and one or more binders Use, which is used to reduce the switching voltage.
TW106137374A 2016-10-31 2017-10-30 Nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium TW201833305A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP16196587 2016-10-31
??16196587.6 2016-10-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201833305A true TW201833305A (en) 2018-09-16

Family

ID=57211432

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106137374A TW201833305A (en) 2016-10-31 2017-10-30 Nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2019535498A (en)
KR (1) KR20190077034A (en)
CN (1) CN109863226A (en)
DE (1) DE112017005490T5 (en)
TW (1) TW201833305A (en)
WO (1) WO2018078078A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102297989B1 (en) 2017-04-13 2021-09-02 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Liquid Crystal Display Device And Method Of Fabricating The Same
KR20190039639A (en) * 2017-10-05 2019-04-15 메르크 파텐트 게엠베하 Compositions comprising functionalized polyvinyl alcohol and nanocapsules containing a liquid-crystalline medium
US11891558B2 (en) 2017-10-18 2024-02-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Solid foam comprising mesogenic ligand-functionalized nanoparticles and methods of making and using the same
TWI775904B (en) 2018-07-24 2022-09-01 德商馬克專利公司 Liquid-crystal lens
GB2587254B (en) * 2019-05-28 2023-05-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Compositions comprising waterborne polyurethane dispersion and nanocapsules containing a liquid-crystalline medium
CN111205912B (en) * 2020-01-19 2021-03-30 清华大学 Preparation method of intelligent storage type nanoparticles
KR20220141824A (en) * 2020-02-18 2022-10-20 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal nanocapsules and manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal nanocapsule dispersion and liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal nanocapsules
CN116515340B (en) * 2023-03-06 2024-05-03 北京印刷学院 Cholesteric liquid crystal/polymer composite system microcapsule and preparation method thereof

Family Cites Families (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4435047A (en) 1981-09-16 1984-03-06 Manchester R & D Partnership Encapsulated liquid crystal and method
WO1985004262A1 (en) 1984-03-19 1985-09-26 Kent State University Light modulating material comprising a liquid crystal dispersion in a synthetic resin matrix
EP0204537B1 (en) * 1985-06-03 1993-04-07 Taliq Corporation Encapsulated liquid crystal having a smectic phase
US4814211A (en) 1987-04-10 1989-03-21 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Liquid crystalline composites
JPH07181439A (en) 1993-12-24 1995-07-21 Hitachi Ltd Active matrix liquid crystal display device
JP3543351B2 (en) 1994-02-14 2004-07-14 株式会社日立製作所 Active matrix type liquid crystal display
TW262553B (en) 1994-03-17 1995-11-11 Hitachi Seisakusyo Kk
DE19528106A1 (en) 1995-02-03 1996-08-08 Merck Patent Gmbh In-plane-switching electro=optical LCD with short switching times
DE19528107B4 (en) 1995-03-17 2010-01-21 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid-crystalline medium and its use in an electro-optical liquid crystal display
JPH10512914A (en) 1995-02-03 1998-12-08 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフトング Electro-optical liquid crystal display
DE19509410A1 (en) 1995-03-15 1996-09-19 Merck Patent Gmbh Electro-optical liquid crystal display
CN1103776C (en) 1996-07-01 2003-03-26 默克专利股份有限公司 Chiral dopants
DE19834162A1 (en) 1997-08-13 1999-02-18 Merck Patent Gmbh Chiral connections
EP1299334B1 (en) 2000-07-13 2008-01-16 MERCK PATENT GmbH Chiral compounds i
DE60105032T2 (en) 2000-07-13 2005-08-18 Merck Patent Gmbh CHIRAL COMPOUNDS III
EP1299335B1 (en) 2000-07-13 2007-09-05 MERCK PATENT GmbH Chiral compounds ii
WO2002034739A1 (en) 2000-10-20 2002-05-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Chiral binaphthol derivatives
JP4425545B2 (en) 2001-05-21 2010-03-03 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Chiral compound
EP1378557B1 (en) 2002-07-06 2007-02-21 MERCK PATENT GmbH Liquid crystalline medium
NO20030185D0 (en) * 2003-01-14 2003-01-14 Polydisplay Asa Method for encapsulating liquid crystals where the capsules have narrow size distribution
US7618777B2 (en) 2005-03-16 2009-11-17 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Composition and method for array hybridization
EP2231760A1 (en) 2007-12-28 2010-09-29 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Small scale functional materials
US8988642B2 (en) 2010-11-09 2015-03-24 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display devices and methods of manufacturing liquid crystal display devices
US10047292B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2018-08-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid-crystalline medium
EP2807230B1 (en) 2012-01-23 2018-08-08 Vlyte Innovations Limited A method for microencapsulating electro-optical fluid, display device and powder including microencapsulated electro-optical fluid
US9366920B2 (en) 2013-01-02 2016-06-14 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device and fabricating method thereof
US9796926B2 (en) * 2014-02-13 2017-10-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Reactive mesogen based polymer particles
WO2016148431A1 (en) * 2015-03-16 2016-09-22 이미지랩(주) Panel structure having light transmittance adjustment function, and smart window and display device using same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109863226A (en) 2019-06-07
WO2018078078A1 (en) 2018-05-03
KR20190077034A (en) 2019-07-02
DE112017005490T5 (en) 2019-10-17
JP2019535498A (en) 2019-12-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201833305A (en) Nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium
EP3443050B1 (en) Composition for nanoencapsulation and nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium
CN109627658B (en) Composition comprising functionalized polyvinyl alcohol and nanocapsules containing a liquid crystalline medium
US9556382B2 (en) Polymerisable mixtures and the use thereof in liquid crystal displays
KR101676231B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP3583134B2 (en) Liquid crystal composite material and its manufacturing method
TW201900854A (en) Composition for nanoencapsulation and nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium
CN105121599B (en) Layer or product comprising cholesteric polymers particle
JP2011508281A (en) Phase compensation film containing polymer nanoparticles absorbing liquid crystal material
KR20100112592A (en) Small scale functional materials
JP4506105B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment accelerator, liquid crystal composition and optical anisotropic body
GB2589659A (en) Compositions comprising polymerizable oligoethyleneglycol derivatives and nanocapsules containing a liquid-crystalline medium
GB2587254A (en) Compositions comprising waterborne polyurethane dispersion and nanocapsules containing a liquid-crystalline medium
WO2011120637A2 (en) A method of stabilizing a blue phase liquid crystal composition
JP2010014869A (en) Liquid crystal element
TW201610107A (en) Polymerisable compounds and the use thereof in liquid-crystal displays
TW201936907A (en) Liquid-crystal medium
JP2018028614A (en) Depolarizing film